UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

Commission File Number 0-19065

SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Maryland   52-1532952
(State or other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Identification No.)

 

17801 Georgia Avenue, Olney, Maryland   20832
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

301-774-6400

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share   The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

  ¨ Yes x No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

  ¨ Yes x No*

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. x Yes ¨ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    x Yes ¨ No

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer x Non-accelerated filer ¨ Smaller reporting company ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). ¨ Yes    x No

 

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2011, the last day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $424 million, based on the closing sales price of $17.99 per share of the registrant's Common Stock on that date.

 

The number of outstanding shares of common stock outstanding as of March 9, 2012.

Common stock, $1.00 par value – 24,096,518 shares

 

Documents Incorporated By Reference

Part III: Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 2, 2012 (the "Proxy Statement").

 

* The registrant is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 of the Act.

 

 
 

 

SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.

Table of Contents

 

Forward-Looking Statements 2
   
PART I.  
   
Item 1. Business 3
   
Item 1A. Risk Factors 13
   
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 17
   
Item 2. Properties 17
   
Item 3. Legal Proceedings 17
   
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 17
   
Executive Officers 12
   
PART II.  
   
Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 18
   
Item 6. Selected Financial Data 21
   
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 22
   
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 45
   
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 46
   
  Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms 47
     
  Consolidated Financial Statements 49
     
  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 53
   
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 97
   
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 97
   
Item 9B. Other Information 97
   
PART III.  
   
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 97
   
Item 11. Executive Compensation 97
   
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 97
   
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 97
   
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 97
   
PART IV.  
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statements, and Reports on Form 8-K 98
   
Signatures  100

 

 
 

 

Forward-Looking Statements 

This Annual Report Form 10-K, as well as other periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and written or oral communications made from time to time by or on behalf of Sandy Spring Bancorp and its subsidiaries (the “Company”), may contain statements relating to future events or future results of the Company that are considered “forward-looking statements” under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements may be identified by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “estimate,” “intend” and “potential,” or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as “should,” “could,” or “may.” Forward-looking statements include statements of our goals, intentions and expectations; statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies; statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

Forward-looking statements reflect our expectation or prediction of future conditions, events or results based on information currently available. These forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those in such statements. These risk and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the risks identified in Item 1A of this report and the following: 

 

·general business and economic conditions nationally or in the markets that the Company serves could adversely affect, among other things, real estate prices, unemployment levels, and consumer and business confidence, which could lead to decreases in the demand for loans, deposits and other financial services that we provide and increases in loan delinquencies and defaults;

 

·changes or volatility in the capital markets and interest rates may adversely impact the value of securities, loans, deposits and other financial instruments and the interest rate sensitivity of our balance sheet as well as our liquidity;

 

·our liquidity requirements could be adversely affected by changes in our assets and liabilities;

 

·our investment securities portfolio is subject to credit risk, market risk, and liquidity risk as well as changes in the estimates we use to value certain of the securities in our portfolio;

 

·the effect of legislative or regulatory developments including changes in laws concerning taxes, banking, securities, insurance and other aspects of the financial services industry;

 

·competitive factors among financial services companies, including product and pricing pressures and our ability to attract, develop and retain qualified banking professionals;

 

·the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and other regulatory agencies; and

 

·the effect of fiscal and governmental policies of the United States federal government.

 

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report. We do not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date of this report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events except as required by federal securities laws.

 

2
 

 

PART I

 

Item 1. BUSINESS

 

General

Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company") is the one-bank holding company for Sandy Spring Bank (the "Bank"). The Company is registered as a bank holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "Holding Company Act"). As such, the Company is subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve"). The Company began operating in 1988. The Bank was founded in 1868 and is the oldest banking business based in Maryland. The Bank is independent, community oriented, and conducts a full-service commercial banking business through 43 community offices located in Anne Arundel, Carroll, Frederick, Howard, Montgomery and Prince George's counties in Maryland, and Arlington, Fairfax and Loudoun counties in Virginia. The Bank is a state chartered bank subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve and the State of Maryland. The Bank's deposit accounts are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") to the maximum permitted by law. The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System and is an Equal Housing Lender. The Company, the Bank, and its other subsidiaries are Affirmative Action/Equal Opportunity Employers.

 

With $3.7 billion in assets, the Company is the largest publicly traded banking company headquartered and operating in Maryland. Through its subsidiaries, Sandy Spring Insurance Corporation and West Financial Services, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank also offers a comprehensive menu of insurance and investment management services.

 

The Company's and the Bank's principal executive office is located at 17801 Georgia Avenue, Olney, Maryland 20832, and its telephone number is 301-774-6400.

 

Availability of Information

This report is not part of the proxy materials; it is provided along with the annual proxy statement for convenience of use and as an expense control measure. The Company makes available through the Investor Relations area of the Company website, at www.sandyspringbank.com, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Access to these reports is provided by means of a link to a third-party vendor that maintains a database of such filings. In general, the Company intends that these reports be available as soon as practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Technical and other operational obstacles or delays caused by the vendor may delay their availability. The SEC maintains a Web site (www.sec.gov) where these filings also are available through the SEC’s EDGAR system. There is no charge for access to these filings through either the Company’s site or the SEC’s site.

 

Market and Economic Overview

Sandy Spring Bank is headquartered in Montgomery County, Maryland and conducts business primarily in the Central Maryland and Northern Virginia area. The Bank’s business footprint serves one of the better performing business regions in the country. Among combined metro areas in the U.S., the Washington-Baltimore-Northern Virginia Combined Statistical Area ranked third annually in total “Effective Buying Income”, with $242 billion according to the Maryland Department of Business & Economic Development. At June 30, 2011, with $2.6 billion of deposits in Maryland, Sandy Spring Bancorp had the largest deposit market share of any bank holding company headquartered in Maryland according to SNL Financial. The Baltimore-Washington area is a regional center for federal and state government services, service oriented businesses and various industries. Both areas are accessible to a deepwater harbor, the fifth largest in the nation, and have proximity to a large network of interstate and well maintained highways, notably Interstates 95, 70, 83, 81 and 68. As a consequence, the area is also a major provider of warehouse operations for retail distribution and logistics providers. Additionally, the region also has a high concentration of third party government service providers, in addition to hosting a robust technology sector. The employment in the health and education industries is also significant. On a consolidated basis, the area possesses a diverse blue-collar to white-collar business environment.

 

Maryland has the highest state median household income in the country at $69,000 for 2010, according to the U.S. Census Bureau. To complement its presence in the Maryland market, the Bank is expanding its number of community offices in Northern Virginia, which is home to nearly 2.6 million people. The Baltimore-Washington area has six out of the top ten most affluent counties in the United States, as measured by median household income, according to the U.S. Census Bureau. Important to both Maryland and Northern Virginia is the accessibility to other key neighboring markets such as Philadelphia, New York City, Pittsburgh and the Richmond/Norfolk, Virginia corridor. The market area benefits from the presence and employment stability of the federal government and related service industries. In addition, management believes that the market is benefitting from stimulus spending, recent military base relocation and expansion initiatives by the general defense and homeland security industries.

 

3
 

 

While general economic decline has had an adverse impact on the local economy, the regional unemployment rate is currently below the national average according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics as of December, 2011. The workforce is relatively stable due to government and related employment opportunities and the presence of a diverse manufacturing base and service industries, and a better than average regional economic outlook. Recent activity reflects improving conditions in the market, as the Washington metro statistical area was one of only two MSAs in the country to show gains in home prices in 2011 according to the latest Case-Shiller report as of October, 2011. At year-end 2011 economic metrics on retail sales, mortgage delinquencies, office vacancies, personal income and median family income indicated generally positive economic signals when compared to the other areas of the United States. Management believes that the regional economy has begun to turn around and is now in a position for further recovery and expansion. Management believes that as the economy continues to recover, growth opportunities will present themselves that the Company can take advantage of while adequately managing credit risk.

 

Loan and Lease Products

The Company currently offers a complete menu of loan and lease products primarily in our identified market footprint that are discussed in detail below and on the following pages. These following sections should be read in conjunction with the section “Credit Risk” on page 37 of this report.

 

Residential Real Estate Loans

The residential real estate category contains loans principally to consumers secured by residential real estate. The Company's residential real estate lending policy requires each loan to have viable repayment sources. Residential real estate loans are evaluated for the adequacy of these repayment sources at the time of approval, based upon measures including credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, and collateral values. Credit risk for residential real estate loans arises from borrowers lacking the ability or willingness to repay the loan or by a shortfall in the value of the residential real estate in relation to the outstanding loan balance in the event of a default and subsequent liquidation of the real estate collateral. The residential real estate portfolio includes both conforming and nonconforming mortgage loans.

 

Conforming mortgage loans represent loans originated in accordance with underwriting standards set forth by the government-sponsored entities (“GSEs”), including the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Company (“Freddie Mac”), and the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), which serve as the primary purchasers of loans sold in the secondary mortgage market by mortgage lenders. These loans are generally collateralized by one-to-four-family residential real estate, have loan-to-collateral value ratios of 80% or less or have mortgage insurance to insure down to 80%, and are made to borrowers in good credit standing. Substantially all fixed-rate conforming loans originated are sold in the secondary mortgage market. For any loans retained by the Company, title insurance insuring the priority of its mortgage lien, as well as fire and extended coverage casualty insurance protecting the properties securing the loans are required. Borrowers may be required to advance funds, with each monthly payment of principal and interest, to a loan escrow account from which the Company makes disbursements for items such as real estate taxes and mortgage insurance premiums. Appraisers approved by the Company appraise the properties securing substantially all of the Company's residential mortgage loans.

 

Nonconforming mortgage loans represent loans that generally are not saleable in the secondary market to the GSEs for inclusion in conventional mortgage-backed securities due to the credit characteristics of the borrower, the underlying documentation, the loan-to-value ratio, or the size of the loan, among other factors. The Company originates nonconforming loans for its own portfolio and for sale to third-party investors, usually large mortgage companies, under commitments by the mortgage company to purchase the loans subject to compliance with pre-established investor criteria. These nonconforming loans generated for sale include some residential mortgage credits where the loans may not be underwritten using customary underwriting standards. These loans typically are held after funding for thirty days or less, and are included in residential mortgages held for sale. The Company's current practice is to sell both conforming and non-conforming loans on a servicing released basis.

 

The Company makes residential real estate development and construction loans generally to provide interim financing on property during the development and construction period. Borrowers include builders, developers and persons who will ultimately occupy the single-family dwelling. Residential real estate development and construction loan funds are disbursed periodically as pre-specified stages of completion are attained based upon site inspections. Interest rates on these loans are usually adjustable. Loans to individuals for the construction of primary personal residences are typically secured by the property under construction, frequently include additional collateral (such as a second mortgage on the borrower's present home), and commonly have maturities of six to twelve months. The Company attempts to obtain the permanent mortgage loan under terms, conditions and documentation standards that permit the sale of the mortgage loan in the secondary mortgage loan market.

 

Commercial Loans and Leases

Included in this category are commercial real estate loans, commercial construction loans, leases and other commercial loans. Over the years, the Company’s commercial loan clients have come to represent a diverse cross-section of small to mid-size local businesses within our market footprint, whose owners and employees are often established Bank customers. Such banking relationships are a natural business for the Company, with its long-standing community roots and extensive experience in serving and lending to this market segment.

 

4
 

 

Commercial loans are evaluated for the adequacy of repayment sources at the time of approval and are regularly reviewed for any possible deterioration in the ability of the borrower to repay the loan. Collateral generally is required to provide the Company with an additional source of repayment in the event of default by a commercial borrower. The structure of the collateral package, including the type and amount of the collateral, varies from loan to loan depending on the financial strength of the borrower, the amount and terms of the loan, and the collateral available to be pledged by the borrower, but generally may include real estate, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or other assets. Loans also may be supported by personal guarantees from the principals of the commercial loan borrowers. The financial condition and cash flow of commercial borrowers are closely monitored by the submission of corporate financial statements, personal financial statements and income tax returns. The frequency of submissions of required information depends upon the size and complexity of the credit and the collateral that secures the loan. Credit risk for commercial loans arises from borrowers lacking the ability or willingness to repay the loan, and in the case of secured loans, by a shortfall in the collateral value in relation to the outstanding loan balance in the event of a default and subsequent liquidation of collateral. The Company has no commercial loans to borrowers in similar industries that exceed 10% of total loans.

 

Included in commercial loans are credits directly originated by the Company and syndicated transactions or loan participations that are originated by other lenders. The Company's commercial lending policy requires each loan, regardless of whether it is directly originated or is purchased, to have viable repayment sources. The risks associated with syndicated loans or purchased participations are similar to those of directly originated commercial loans, although additional risk may arise from the limited ability to control actions of the primary lender. Shared National Credits (SNC), as defined by the banking regulatory agencies, represent syndicated lending arrangements with three or more participating financial institutions and credit exceeding $20.0 million in the aggregate. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $19.3 million in SNC purchased outstanding and no SNC sold outstanding. During 2011, the Company’s primary regulator completed its annual SNC examination. As a result of this review no action was required on the Company’s SNC participations.

 

The Company also sells participations in loans it originates to other financial institutions in order to build long-term customer relationships or limit loan concentration. Strict policies are in place governing the degree of risk assumed and volume of loans held. At December 31, 2011, other financial institutions had $2.2 million in outstanding commercial and commercial real estate loan participations sold by the Company, and the Company had $26.8 million in outstanding commercial and commercial real estate loan participations purchased from other lenders, excluding SNC.

 

The Company's commercial real estate loans consist of both loans secured by owner occupied properties and non-owner occupied where an established banking relationship exists and involves investment properties for warehouse, retail, and office space with a history of occupancy and cash flow. The commercial real estate category contains mortgage loans to developers and owners of commercial real estate. Commercial real estate loans are governed by the same lending policies and subject to credit risk as previously described for commercial loans. Commercial real estate loans secured by owner-occupied properties are based upon the borrower’s financial health and the ability of the borrower and the business to repay. The Company seeks to reduce the risks associated with commercial mortgage lending by generally lending in its market area, using conservative loan-to-value ratios and obtaining periodic financial statements and tax returns from borrowers to perform loan reviews. It is also the Company's general policy to obtain personal guarantees from the principals of the borrowers and to underwrite the business entity from a cash flow perspective. Interest rate risks are mitigated by using either floating interest rates or by fixing rates for a short period of time, generally less than three years. While loan amortizations may be approved for up to 300 months, each loan generally has a call provision (maturity date) of five years or less.

 

The Company primarily lends for commercial construction in local markets that are familiar and understandable, works selectively with top-quality builders and developers, and requires substantial equity from its borrowers. The underwriting process is designed to confirm that the project will be economically feasible and financially viable; it is generally evaluated as though the Company will provide permanent financing. The Company's portfolio growth objectives do not include speculative commercial construction projects or projects lacking reasonable proportionate sharing of risk. Development and construction loans are secured by the properties under development or construction, and personal guarantees are typically obtained. Further, to assure that reliance is not placed solely upon the value of the underlying collateral, the Company considers the financial condition and reputation of the borrower and any guarantors, the amount of the borrower's equity in the project, independent appraisals, cost estimates and pre-construction sales information. A risk rating system is used on the commercial loan portfolio to determine any exposures to losses.

 

Acquisition, development and construction loans to residential builders are generally made for the construction of residential homes for which a binding sales contract exists and the prospective buyers had been pre-qualified for permanent mortgage financing by either third-party lenders (mortgage companies or other financial institutions) or the Company. Loans for the development of residential land are extended when evidence is provided that the lots under development will be or have been sold to builders satisfactory to the Company. These loans are generally extended for a period of time sufficient to allow for the clearing and grading of the land and the installation of water, sewer and roads, which is typically a minimum of eighteen months to three years.

 

5
 

 

The Company makes commercial business loans. Commercial term loans are made to provide funds for equipment and general corporate needs. This loan category is designed to support borrowers who have a proven ability to service debt over a term generally not to exceed 84 months. The Company generally requires a first lien position on all collateral and requires guarantees from owners having at least a 20% interest in the involved business. Interest rates on commercial term loans are generally floating or fixed for a term not to exceed five years. Management monitors industry and collateral concentrations to avoid loan exposures to a large group of similar industries or similar collateral. Commercial business loans are evaluated for historical and projected cash flow attributes, balance sheet strength, and primary and alternate resources of personal guarantors. Commercial term loan documents require borrowers to forward regular financial information on both the business and personal guarantors. Loan covenants require at least annual submission of complete financial information and in certain cases this information is required monthly, quarterly or semi-annually depending on the degree to which the Company desires information resources for monitoring a borrower’s financial condition and compliance with loan covenants. Examples of properly margined collateral for loans, as required by bank policy, would be a 75% advance on the lesser of appraisal or recent sales price on commercial property, an 80% or less advance on eligible receivables, a 50% or less advances on eligible inventory and an 80% advance on appraised residential property. Collateral borrowing certificates may be required to monitor certain collateral categories on a monthly or quarterly basis. Loans may require personal guarantees. Key person life insurance may be required as appropriate and as necessary to mitigate the risk of loss of a primary owner or manager. Whenever appropriate and available, the Bank seeks governmental loan guarantees, such as the Small Business Administration loan programs, to reduce risks.

 

Commercial lines of credit are granted to finance a business borrower’s short-term credit needs and/or to finance a percentage of eligible receivables and inventory. In addition to the risks inherent in term loan facilities, line of credit borrowers typically require additional monitoring to protect the lender against increasing loan volumes and diminishing collateral values. Commercial lines of credit are generally revolving in nature and require close scrutiny. The Company generally requires at least an annual out of debt period (for seasonal borrowers) or regular financial information (monthly or quarterly financial statements, borrowing base certificates, etc.) for borrowers with more growth and greater permanent working capital financing needs. Advances against collateral value are limited. Lines of credit and term loans to the same borrowers generally are cross-defaulted and cross-collateralized. Interest rate charges on this group of loans generally float at a factor at or above the prime lending rate.

 

Consumer Loans

Consumer lending continues to be important to the Company’s full-service, community banking business. This category of loans includes primarily home equity loans and lines, installment loans, personal lines of credit and marine loans.

 

The home equity category consists mainly of revolving lines of credit to consumers that are secured by residential real estate. Home equity lines of credit and other home equity loans are originated by the Company for typically up to 90% of the appraised value, less the amount of any existing prior liens on the property. While home equity loans have maximum terms of up to twenty years and interest rates are generally fixed, home equity lines of credit have maximum terms of up to ten years for draws and thirty years for repayment, and interest rates are generally adjustable. The Company secures these loans with mortgages on the homes (typically a second mortgage). Purchase money second mortgage loans originated by the Company have maximum terms ranging from ten to thirty years. These loans generally carry a fixed rate of interest for the entire term or a fixed rate of interest for the first five years, re-pricing every five years thereafter at a predetermined spread to the prime rate of interest. Home equity lines are generally governed by the same lending policies and subject to credit risk as described above for residential real estate loans.

 

Other consumer loans include installment loans used by customers to purchase automobiles, boats and recreational vehicles. These consumer loans are generally governed by the same overall lending policies as described for residential real estate. Credit risk for consumer loans arises from borrowers lacking the ability or willingness to repay the loan, and in the case of secured loans, by a shortfall in the value of the collateral in relation to the outstanding loan balance in the event of a default and subsequent liquidation of collateral.

 

Consumer installment loans are generally offered for terms of up to five years at fixed interest rates. Automobile loans can be for up to 100% of the purchase price or the retail value listed by the National Automobile Dealers Association. The terms of the loans are determined by the age and condition of the collateral. Collision insurance policies are required on all these loans, unless the borrower has substantial other assets and income. The Company also makes other consumer loans, which may or may not be secured. The term of the loans usually depends on the collateral. Unsecured loans usually do not exceed $50 thousand and have a term of no longer than 36 months.

 

Deposit Activities

Subject to the Company’s Asset/Liability Committee (the “ALCO”) policies and current business plan, the Treasury function works closely with the Company’s retail deposit operations to accomplish the objectives of maintaining deposit market share within the Company’s primary markets and managing funding costs to preserve the net interest margin.

 

One of the Company’s primary objectives as a community bank is to develop long-term, multi-product customer relationships from its comprehensive menu of financial products. To that end, the lead product to develop such relationships is typically a deposit product. In 2009, the Company conducted a successful campaign to grow its deposit base. The Company has succeeded in retaining a large majority of this deposit growth that will be relied upon to fund long-term future loan growth as the economy recovers.

 

6
 

 

Treasury Activities

The Treasury function manages the wholesale segments of the balance sheet, including investments, purchased funds and long-term debt, and is responsible for all facets of interest rate risk management for the Company, which includes the pricing of deposits consistent with conservative interest rate risk and liquidity practices. Management’s objective is to achieve the maximum level of consistent earnings over the long term, while minimizing interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk and optimizing capital utilization. In managing the investment portfolio under its stated objectives, the Company invests primarily in U. S. Treasury and Agency securities, U.S Agency mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), U.S. Agency Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMO”), municipal bonds and to a minimal extent, trust preferred securities and corporate bonds. Treasury strategies and activities are overseen by the Credit and Investment Risk Committee of the board of directors, ALCO and the Company’s Investment Committee, which reviews all investment and funding transactions. The ALCO activities are summarized and reviewed monthly with the Company’s board of directors.

 

The primary objective of the investment portfolio is to provide the necessary liquidity consistent with anticipated levels of deposit funding and loan demand with a minimal level of risk. The short overall average duration of 3.1 years of the investment portfolio together with the types of investments (98% of the portfolio is rated AA or above) is intended to provide sufficient cash flows to support the Company’s lending goals. Liquidity is also provided by lines of credit maintained with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”), the Federal Reserve, and to a lesser extent, bank lines of credit.

 

Borrowing Activities

Management utilizes a variety of sources to raise borrowed funds at competitive rates, including federal funds purchased, FHLB borrowings and retail repurchase agreements. FHLB borrowings typically carry rates approximating the LIBOR rate for the equivalent term because they are secured with investments or high quality loans. Federal funds purchased, which are generally overnight borrowings, are typically purchased at the Federal Reserve target rate.

 

The Company’s borrowing activities are achieved through the use of the previously mentioned lines of credit to address overnight and short-term funding needs, match funding of loan activity and when opportunities are presented, to lock in attractive rates due to market conditions.

 

Employees

The Company and its subsidiaries employed 713 persons, including executive officers, loan and other banking and trust officers, branch personnel, and others at December 31, 2011. None of the Company's employees is represented by a union or covered under a collective bargaining agreement. Management of the Company considers its employee relations to be excellent.

 

Competition

The Bank's principal competitors for deposits are other financial institutions, including other banks, credit unions, and savings institutions located in the Bank’s primary market area of Anne Arundel, Carroll, Frederick, Howard, Montgomery and Prince George’s counties in Maryland, and Arlington, Fairfax and Loudoun counties in Virginia. Competition among these institutions is based primarily on interest rates and other terms offered, service charges imposed on deposit accounts, the quality of services rendered, and the convenience of banking facilities. Additional competition for depositors' funds comes from mutual funds, U.S. Government securities, and private issuers of debt obligations and suppliers of other investment alternatives for depositors such as securities firms. Competition from credit unions has intensified in recent years as historical federal limits on membership have been relaxed. Because federal law subsidizes credit unions by giving them a general exemption from federal income taxes, credit unions have a significant cost advantage over banks and savings associations, which are fully subject to federal income taxes. Credit unions may use this advantage to offer rates that are highly competitive with those offered by banks and thrifts.

 

The banking business in Central Maryland and Northern Virginia generally, and the Bank's primary service areas specifically, are highly competitive with respect to both loans and deposits. As noted above, the Bank competes with many larger banking organizations that have offices over a wide geographic area. These larger institutions have certain inherent advantages, such as the ability to finance wide-ranging advertising campaigns and promotions and to allocate their investment assets to regions offering the highest yield and demand. They also offer services, such as international banking, that are not offered directly by the Bank (but are available indirectly through correspondent institutions), and, by virtue of their larger total capitalization, such banks have substantially higher legal lending limits, which are based on bank capital, than does the Bank. The Bank can arrange loans in excess of its lending limit, or in excess of the level of risk it desires to take, by arranging participations with other banks. The primary factors in competing for loans are interest rates, loan origination fees, and the range of services offered by lenders. Competitors for loan originations include other commercial banks, mortgage bankers, mortgage brokers, savings associations, and insurance companies.

 

Sandy Spring Insurance Corporation (“SSIC”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, offers annuities as an alternative to traditional deposit accounts. SSIC operates Sandy Spring Insurance, a general insurance agency located in Annapolis, Maryland, and Neff & Associates, an insurance agency located in Ocean City, Maryland. Both agencies face competition primarily from other insurance agencies and insurance companies. West Financial Services, Inc. (“WFS”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, is an asset management and financial planning company located in McLean, Virginia. WFS faces competition primarily from other financial planners, banks, and financial management companies.

 

7
 

 

In addition to competing with other commercial banks, credit unions and savings associations, commercial banks such as the Bank compete with non-bank institutions for funds. For instance, yields on corporate and government debt and equity securities affect the ability of commercial banks to attract and hold deposits. Mutual funds also provide substantial competition to banks for deposits. Other entities, both governmental and in private industry, raise capital through the issuance and sale of debt and equity securities and indirectly compete with the Bank in the acquisition of deposits.

 

Financial holding companies may engage in banking as well as types of securities, insurance, and other financial activities. Banks with or without holding companies also may establish and operate financial subsidiaries that may engage in most financial activities in which financial holding companies may engage. Competition may increase as bank holding companies and other large financial services companies expand their operations to engage in new activities and provide a wider array of products.

 

Monetary Policy

The Company and the Bank are affected by fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government, including those of the Federal Reserve Board, which regulates the national money supply in order to mitigate recessionary and inflationary pressures. Among the techniques available to the Federal Reserve Board are engaging in open market transactions of U.S. Government securities, changing the discount rate and changing reserve requirements against bank deposits. These techniques are used in varying combinations to influence the overall growth of bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use may also affect interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. The effect of governmental policies on the earnings of the Company and the Bank cannot be predicted.

 

Regulation, Supervision, and Governmental Policy

The following is a brief summary of certain statutes and regulations that significantly affect the Company and the Bank. A number of other statutes and regulations affect the Company and the Bank but are not summarized below.

 

Bank Holding Company Regulation

The Company is registered as a bank holding company under the Holding Company Act and, as such, is subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve. As a bank holding company, the Company is required to furnish to the Federal Reserve annual and quarterly reports of its operations and additional information and reports. The Company is also subject to regular examination by the Federal Reserve.

 

Under the Holding Company Act, a bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before (1) acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any class of voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if, after the acquisition, the bank holding company would directly or indirectly own or control more than 5% of the class; (2) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company; or (3) merging or consolidating with another bank holding company.

 

Prior to acquiring control of the Company or the Bank, any company must obtain approval of the Federal Reserve. For purposes of the Holding Company Act, "control" is defined as ownership of 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company or the Bank, the ability to control the election of a majority of the directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence over management or policies of the Company or the Bank.

 

The Change in Bank Control Act and the related regulations of the Federal Reserve require any person or persons acting in concert (except for companies required to make application under the Holding Company Act), to file a written notice with the Federal Reserve before the person or persons acquire control of the Company or the Bank. The Change in Bank Control Act defines "control" as the direct or indirect power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities or to direct the management or policies of a bank holding company or an insured bank.

 

The Holding Company Act also limits the investments and activities of bank holding companies. In general, a bank holding company is prohibited from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of a company that is not a bank or a bank holding company or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, providing services for its subsidiaries, non-bank activities that are closely related to banking, and other financially related activities. The activities of the Company are subject to these legal and regulatory limitations under the Holding Company Act and Federal Reserve regulations.

 

In general, bank holding companies that qualify as financial holding companies under federal banking law may engage in an expanded list of non-bank activities. Non-bank and financially related activities of bank holding companies, including companies that become financial holding companies, also may be subject to regulation and oversight by regulators other than the Federal Reserve. The Company is not a financial holding company, but may choose to become one in the future.

 

8
 

 

The Federal Reserve has the power to order a holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity, or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary, when it has reasonable cause to believe that the continuation of such activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness, or stability of any bank subsidiary of that holding company.

 

The Federal Reserve has adopted guidelines regarding the capital adequacy of bank holding companies, which require bank holding companies to maintain specified minimum ratios of capital to total assets and capital to risk-weighted assets. See "Regulatory Capital Requirements."

 

The Federal Reserve has the power to prohibit dividends by bank holding companies if their actions constitute unsafe or unsound practices. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve's view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company's net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the company's capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition.

 

Bank Regulation

The Bank is a state chartered bank and trust company subject to supervision by the State of Maryland.  As a member of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank is also subject to supervision by the Federal Reserve.  Deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC to the legal maximum. Deposits, reserves, investments, loans, consumer law compliance, issuance of securities, payment of dividends, establishment of branches, mergers and acquisitions, corporate activities, changes in control, electronic funds transfers, responsiveness to community needs, management practices, compensation policies, and other aspects of operations are subject to regulation by the appropriate federal and state supervisory authorities. In addition, the Bank is subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations which set forth specific restrictions and procedural requirements with respect to extensions of credit (including to insiders), credit practices, disclosure of credit terms and discrimination in credit transactions.

 

The Federal Reserve regularly examines the operations and condition of the Bank, including, but not limited to, its capital adequacy, reserves, loans, investments, and management practices. These examinations are for the protection of the Bank's depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund. In addition, the Bank is required to furnish quarterly and annual reports to the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve's enforcement authority includes the power to remove officers and directors and the authority to issue cease-and-desist orders to prevent a bank from engaging in unsafe or unsound practices or violating laws or regulations governing its business.

 

The Federal Reserve has adopted regulations regarding capital adequacy, which require member banks to maintain specified minimum ratios of capital to total assets and capital to risk-weighted assets. See "Regulatory Capital Requirements." Federal Reserve and State regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank may pay to the Company. See “Note 11–Stockholders’ Equity” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

The Bank is subject to restrictions imposed by federal law on extensions of credit to, and certain other transactions with, the Company and other affiliates, and on investments in their stock or other securities. These restrictions prevent the Company and the Bank's other affiliates from borrowing from the Bank unless the loans are secured by specified collateral, and require those transactions to have terms comparable to terms of arms-length transactions with third persons. In addition, secured loans and other transactions and investments by the Bank are generally limited in amount as to the Company and as to any other affiliate to 10% of the Bank's capital and surplus and as to the Company and all other affiliates together to an aggregate of 20% of the Bank's capital and surplus. Certain exemptions to these limitations apply to extensions of credit and other transactions between the Bank and its subsidiaries. These regulations and restrictions may limit the Company's ability to obtain funds from the Bank for its cash needs, including funds for acquisitions and for payment of dividends, interest, and operating expenses.

 

Under Federal Reserve regulations, banks must adopt and maintain written policies that establish appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit secured by liens or interests in real estate or are made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. These policies must establish loan portfolio diversification standards; prudent underwriting standards, including loan-to-value limits, that are clear and measurable; loan administration procedures; and documentation, approval, and reporting requirements. A bank's real estate lending policy must reflect consideration of the Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies (the "Interagency Guidelines") adopted by the federal bank regulators. The Interagency Guidelines, among other things, call for internal loan-to-value limits for real estate loans that are not in excess of the limits specified in the Guidelines. The Interagency Guidelines state, however, that it may be appropriate in individual cases to originate or purchase loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of the supervisory loan-to-value limits.

 

9
 

 

Sandy Spring Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors, with less risky institutions paying lower assessments. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned. Assessment rates currently range from seven to 77-1/2 basis points. No institution may pay a dividend if in default of the federal deposit insurance assessment.  Deposit insurance assessments are based on total assets less tangible equity. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation imposed on all insured institutions a special emergency assessment of five basis points of total assets minus Tier 1 capital, as of June 30, 2009 (capped at ten basis points of an institution’s deposit assessment base), in order to cover losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund.  That special assessment was collected on September 30, 2009.  The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation provided for similar assessments during the final two quarters of 2009, if deemed necessary.  However, in lieu of further special assessments, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation required insured institutions to prepay estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 through the fourth quarter of 2012.  The estimated assessments, which include an assumed annual assessment base increase of 5%, were recorded as a prepaid expense asset as of December 30, 2009.  As of December 31, 2009, and each quarter thereafter, a charge to earnings will be recorded for each regular assessment with an offsetting credit to the prepaid asset.  The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance premiums would likely have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of Sandy Spring Bank. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.

 

Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Federal Reserve has established guidelines for maintenance of appropriate levels of capital by bank holding companies and member banks. The regulations impose two sets of capital adequacy requirements: minimum leverage rules, which require bank holding companies and banks to maintain a specified minimum ratio of capital to total assets, and risk-based capital rules, which require the maintenance of specified minimum ratios of capital to risk-weighted assets. These capital regulations are subject to change.

 

The regulations of the Federal Reserve require bank holding companies and member banks to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of "Tier 1 capital" (as defined in the risk-based capital guidelines discussed in the following paragraphs) to total assets of 3.0%. The capital regulations state, however, that only the strongest bank holding companies and banks, with composite examination ratings of 1 under the rating system used by the federal bank regulators, would be permitted to operate at or near this minimum level of capital. All other bank holding companies and banks are expected to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 1% to 2% above the minimum ratio, depending on the assessment of an individual organization's capital adequacy by its primary regulator. A bank or bank holding company experiencing or anticipating significant growth is expected to maintain capital well above the minimum levels. In addition, the Federal Reserve has indicated that it also may consider the level of an organization's ratio of tangible Tier 1 capital (after deducting all intangibles) to total assets in making an overall assessment of capital.

 

The risk-based capital rules of the Federal Reserve require bank holding companies and member banks to maintain minimum regulatory capital levels based upon a weighting of their assets and off-balance sheet obligations according to risk. The risk-based capital rules have two basic components: a core capital (Tier 1) requirement and a supplementary capital (Tier 2) requirement. Core capital consists primarily of common stockholders' equity, certain perpetual preferred stock (noncumulative perpetual preferred stock with respect to banks), and minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries; less all intangible assets, except for certain mortgage servicing rights and purchased credit card relationships. Supplementary capital elements include, subject to certain limitations, the allowance for losses on loans and leases; perpetual preferred stock that does not qualify as Tier 1 capital; long-term preferred stock with an original maturity of at least 20 years from issuance; hybrid capital instruments, including perpetual debt and mandatory convertible securities; subordinated debt, intermediate-term preferred stock, and up to 45% of pre-tax net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) requires the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to depository institutions themselves. Instruments such as cumulative preferred stock and trust preferred securities will no longer be includable as Tier 1 capital as is currently the case with bank holding companies. Instruments issued prior to May 19, 2010 will be grandfathered for companies with consolidated assets of $15 billion or less.

 

The risk-based capital regulations assign balance sheet assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet obligations to one of four broad risk categories based principally on the degree of credit risk associated with the obligor. The assets and off-balance sheet items in the four risk categories are weighted at 0%, 20%, 50% and 100%. These computations result in the total risk-weighted assets.

 

The risk-based capital regulations require all commercial banks and bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8%, with at least 4% as core capital. For the purpose of calculating these ratios: (i) supplementary capital is limited to no more than 100% of core capital; and (ii) the aggregate amount of certain types of supplementary capital is limited. In addition, the risk-based capital regulations limit the allowance for credit losses that may be included in capital to 1.25% of total risk-weighted assets.

 

The federal bank regulatory agencies have established a joint policy regarding the evaluation of commercial banks' capital adequacy for interest rate risk. Under the policy, the Federal Reserve's assessment of a bank's capital adequacy includes an assessment of the bank's exposure to adverse changes in interest rates. The Federal Reserve has determined to rely on its examination process for such evaluations rather than on standardized measurement systems or formulas. The Federal Reserve may require banks that are found to have a high level of interest rate risk exposure or weak interest rate risk management systems to take corrective actions. Management believes its interest rate risk management systems and its capital relative to its interest rate risk are adequate.

 

10
 

 

Federal banking regulations also require banks with significant trading assets or liabilities to maintain supplemental risk-based capital based upon their levels of market risk. The Bank did not have significant levels of trading assets or liabilities during 2011 and was not required to maintain such supplemental capital.

 

Well-capitalized institutions are not subject to limitations on brokered deposits, while an adequately capitalized institution is able to accept, renew, or rollover brokered deposits only with a waiver from the FDIC and subject to certain restrictions on the yield paid on such deposits.  Undercapitalized institutions are not permitted to accept brokered deposits.

 

The Federal Reserve has established regulations that classify banks by capital levels and provide for the Federal Reserve to take various "prompt corrective actions" to resolve the problems of any bank that fails to satisfy the capital standards.  Under these regulations, a well-capitalized bank is one that is not subject to any regulatory order or directive to meet any specific capital level and that has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or more, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or more, and a leverage ratio of 5% or more. An adequately capitalized bank is one that does not qualify as well-capitalized but meets or exceeds the following capital requirements: a total risk-based capital ratio of 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4%, and a leverage ratio of either (i) 4% or (ii) 3% if the bank has the highest composite examination rating. A bank that does not meet these standards is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized, depending on its capital levels. A bank that falls within any of the three undercapitalized categories established by the prompt corrective action regulation is subject to severe regulatory sanctions. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank was well-capitalized as defined in the Federal Reserve's regulations.

 

For information regarding the Company's and the Bank's compliance with their respective regulatory capital requirements, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Capital Management” of this report, and “Note 10-Subordinated Debentures,” and "Note 23 – Regulatory Matters" of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this report.

 

Supervision and Regulation of Mortgage Banking Operations

The Company's mortgage banking business is subject to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD"), the Federal Housing Administration ("FHA"), the Veterans' Administration ("VA"), Fannie Mae with respect to originating, processing, selling and servicing mortgage loans. Those rules and regulations, among other things, prohibit discrimination and establish underwriting guidelines, which include provisions for inspections and appraisals, require credit reports on prospective borrowers, and fix maximum loan amounts. Lenders such as the Company are required annually to submit audited financial statements to Fannie Mae, FHA and VA. Each of these regulatory entities has its own financial requirements. The Company's affairs are also subject to examination by the Federal Reserve, Fannie Mae, FHA and VA at all times to assure compliance with the applicable regulations, policies and procedures. Mortgage origination activities are subject to, among others, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, Fair Housing Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, the National Flood Insurance Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and related regulations that prohibit discrimination and require the disclosure of certain basic information to mortgagors concerning credit terms and settlement costs. The Company's mortgage banking operations also are affected by various state and local laws and regulations and the requirements of various private mortgage investors.

 

Community Reinvestment

Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), a financial institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation to help meet the credit needs of the entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods.  The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, or limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community.  However, institutions are rated on their performance in meeting the needs of their communities.  Performance is tested in three areas: (a) lending, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its assessment areas; (b) investment, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses; and (c) service, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices.  The CRA requires each federal banking agency, in connection with its examination of a financial institution, to assess and assign one of four ratings to the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of the community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by the institution, including applications for charters, branches and other deposit facilities, relocations, mergers, consolidations, acquisitions of assets or assumptions of liabilities, and savings and loan holding company acquisitions.  The CRA also requires that all institutions make public, disclosure of their CRA ratings.  The Bank was assigned a “satisfactory” rating as a result of its last CRA examination.

 

11
 

 

Bank Secrecy Act

Under the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), a financial institution is required to have systems in place to detect certain transactions, based on the size and nature of the transaction. Financial institutions are generally required to report cash transactions involving more than $10,000 to the United States Treasury. In addition, financial institutions are required to file suspicious activity reports for transactions that involve more than $5,000 and which the financial institution knows, suspects, or has reason to suspect involves illegal funds, is designed to evade the requirements of the BSA, or has no lawful purpose. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act, commonly referred to as the "USA Patriot Act" or the "Patriot Act”, enacted prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account relationships, as well as enhanced due diligence standards intended to prevent the use of the United States financial system for money laundering and terrorist financing activities. The Patriot Act requires banks and other depository institutions, brokers, dealers and certain other businesses involved in the transfer of money to establish anti-money laundering programs, including employee training and independent audit requirements meeting minimum standards specified by the act, to follow standards for customer identification and maintenance of customer identification records, and to compare customer lists against lists of suspected terrorists, terrorist organizations and money launderers. The Patriot Act also requires federal bank regulators to evaluate the effectiveness of an applicant in combating money laundering in determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley”) established a broad range of corporate governance and accounting measures intended to increase corporate responsibility and protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of disclosures under federal securities laws. The Company is subject to Sarbanes-Oxley because it is required to file periodic reports with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Among other things, Sarbanes-Oxley, its implementing regulations and related Nasdaq Stock Market rules have established membership requirements and additional responsibilities for the Company’s audit committee, imposed restrictions on the relationship between the Company and its outside auditors (including restrictions on the types of non-audit services our auditors may provide to us), imposed additional financial statement certification responsibilities for the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer, expanded the disclosure requirements for corporate insiders, required management to evaluate the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting, and required the Company’s auditors to issue a report on our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Regulatory Restructuring Legislation

The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in 2010, implements significant changes to the regulation of depository institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act provides for the creation of a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve Board, to take over the implementation of federal consumer financial protection and fair lending laws from the depository institution regulators. However, institutions of $10 billion or fewer in assets will continue to be examined for compliance with such laws and regulations by, and to be subject to the primary enforcement authority of, their primary federal regulator. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, requires changes in the way that institutions are assessed for deposit insurance, requires that originators of securitized loans retain a percentage of the risk for the transferred loans, directs the Federal Reserve Board to regulate pricing of certain debit card interchange fees, and contains a number of reforms related to mortgage originations. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act contain delayed effective dates and/or require the issuance of regulations. As a result, it will be some time before their impact on operations can be assessed by management. However, there is a significant possibility that the Dodd-Frank Act will, at a minimum, result in an increased regulatory burden and higher compliance, operating, and possibly, interest costs for the Company and the Bank.

 

Other Laws and Regulations

Some of the aspects of the lending and deposit business of the Bank that are subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC include reserve requirements and disclosure requirements in connection with personal and mortgage loans and deposit accounts.  In addition, the Bank is subject to numerous federal and state laws and regulations that include specific restrictions and procedural requirements with respect to the establishment of branches, investments, interest rates on loans, credit practices, the disclosure of credit terms, and discrimination in credit transactions.

 

Enforcement Actions

Federal statutes and regulations provide financial institution regulatory agencies with great flexibility to undertake an enforcement action against an institution that fails to comply with regulatory requirements.  Possible enforcement actions range from the imposition of a capital plan and capital directive to civil money penalties, cease-and-desist orders, receivership, conservatorship, or the termination of the deposit insurance.

 

Executive Officers

The following listing sets forth the name, age (as of February 28, 2011), principal position and recent business experience of each executive officer:

 

R. Louis Caceres, 49, Executive Vice President of the Bank. Mr. Caceres was made Executive Vice President of the Bank in 2002. Prior to that, Mr. Caceres was a Senior Vice President of the Bank.

 

Ronald E. Kuykendall, 59, became Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company and the Bank in 2002. Prior to that, Mr. Kuykendall was General Counsel and Secretary of the Company and Senior Vice President of the Bank.

 

12
 

 

Philip J. Mantua, CPA, 53, became Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank in 2004. Prior to that, Mr. Mantua was Senior Vice President of Managerial Accounting.

 

Joseph J. O'Brien, Jr., 48, became Executive Vice President for Commercial and Retail Banking on January 1, 2011. Mr. O’Brien joined the Bank in July 2007 as Executive Vice President for Commercial Banking. Additionally, on January 1, 2008, he became president of the Northern Virginia Market. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. O'Brien was an Executive Vice President and senior lender for a local banking institution.

 

Daniel J. Schrider, 47, became President of the Company and the Bank effective March 26, 2008 and Chief Executive Officer effective January 1, 2009. Prior to that, Mr. Schrider served as an Executive Vice President and Chief Revenue Officer of the Bank.

 

John D. Sadowski, 48, became Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer of the Bank on February 1, 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Sadowski served as a Senior Vice President of the Bank.

 

Jeffrey A. Welch, 52, became an Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank in 2008. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Welch served as a Senior Vice President of Commerce Bank.

 

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

Investing in the Company’s common stock involves risks. The investor should carefully consider the following risk factors before deciding to make an investment decision regarding the Company’s stock. The risk factors may cause future earnings to be lower or the financial condition to be less favorable than expected. In addition, other risks that the Company is not aware of, or which are not believed to be material, may cause earnings to be lower, or may deteriorate the financial condition of the Company. Consideration should also be given to the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in the documents incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.

 

Changes in U.S. or regional economic conditions could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

The Company’s business activities and earnings are affected by general business conditions in the United States and in the local market area. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, unemployment levels, consumer confidence and spending, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, and the strength of the economy in the United States generally and in the Company’s market area in particular. The national economy recently experienced a recession, with rising unemployment levels, declines in real estate values and erosion in consumer confidence. Dramatic declines in the U.S. housing market over the past few years, with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures, have negatively affected the performance of mortgage loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by many financial institutions. Continued elevated levels of unemployment, further declines in the values of real estate, or other events that affect household and/or corporate incomes could impair the ability of the Company’s borrowers to repay their loans in accordance with their terms and reduce demand for banking products and services.

 

The geographic concentration of our operations makes the Company susceptible to downturns in local economic conditions.

The Company’s commercial and commercial real estate lending operations are concentrated in Anne Arundel, Carroll, Frederick, Howard, Montgomery, and Prince George’s counties in Maryland, and Arlington, Fairfax and Loudoun counties in Virginia. The Company’s success depends in part upon economic conditions in these markets. Adverse changes in economic conditions in these markets could reduce the growth in loans and deposits, impair the Company’s ability to collect amounts due on loans, increase problem loans and charge-offs and otherwise negatively affect performance and financial condition. Recent declines in real estate values could cause some of the residential and commercial real estate loans to be inadequately collateralized, which would expose the Company to a greater risk of loss in the event that the recovery on amounts due on defaulted loans is resolved by selling the real estate collateral.

 

The Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate to cover our actual loan and lease losses, which could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

An allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained in an amount that is believed to be adequate to provide for probable losses inherent in the portfolio. The Company has an aggressive program to monitor credit quality and to identify loans and leases that may become non-performing, however, at any time there are loans and leases included in the portfolio that will result in losses, but that have not been identified as non-performing or potential problem credits. There can be no assurance that the ability exists to identify all deteriorating credits prior to them becoming non-performing assets, or that the Company will have the ability to limit losses on those loans and leases that are identified. As a result, future additions to the allowance may be necessary. Additionally, future additions may be required based on changes in the loans and leases comprising the portfolio and changes in the financial condition of borrowers, or as a result of assumptions by management in determining the allowance. Additionally, banking regulators, as an integral part of their supervisory function, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses. These regulatory agencies may require an increase the provision for loan and lease losses or to recognize further loan or lease charge-offs based upon their judgments, which may be different from the Company’s. Any increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses could have a negative effect on the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

13
 

 

If non-performing assets increase, earnings will be adversely impacted.

At December 31, 2011, non-performing assets totaled $83.6 million, or 2.25%, of total assets, compared to non-performing assets of $97.7 million, or 2.78% of total assets at December 31, 2010. Non-performing assets adversely affect net income in various ways. Interest income is not recorded on non-accrual loans or other real estate owned. The Company must record a reserve for probable losses on loans and leases, which is established through a current period charge to the provision for loan and lease losses and from time to time and must write-down the value of properties in the Company’s other real estate owned portfolio to reflect changing market values. Additionally, there are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets as well as carrying costs such as taxes, insurance and maintenance related to other real estate owned. Further, the resolution of non-performing assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract them from more profitable activity. Finally, if the estimate for the recorded allowance for loan and lease losses proves to be incorrect and the allowance is inadequate, the allowance will have to be increased and, as a result, Company earnings would be adversely affected. A further downturn in the Company’s market areas could increase credit risk associated with the loan portfolio, as it could have a material adverse effect on both the ability of borrowers to repay loans as well as the value of the real property or other property held as collateral for such loans. There can be no assurance that non-performing loans will not experience an increase in the future, or that the Company’s non-performing assets will not result in further losses in the future.

 

The Company may be subject to certain risks related to originating and selling mortgage loans.

When mortgage loans are sold, it is customary to make representations and warranties to the purchaser about the mortgage loans and the manner in which they were originated. The whole loan sale agreements require the repurchase or substitution of mortgage loans in the event the Company breaches any of these representations or warranties. In addition, there may be a requirement to repurchase mortgage loans as a result of borrower fraud or in the event of early payment default of the borrower on a mortgage loan. The Company receives a limited number of repurchase and indemnity demands from purchasers as a result of borrower fraud and early payment default of the borrower on mortgage loans. The Company has enhanced its underwriting policies and procedures, however, these steps may not be effective or reduce the risk associated with loans sold in the past. If repurchase and indemnity demands increase materially, the Company’s results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Delays in the Company’s ability to foreclose on delinquent mortgage loans may negatively impact the Company’s business.

The origination of mortgage loans occurs with the expectation that if the borrower defaults then the ultimate loss is mitigated by the value of the collateral that secures the mortgage loan. The ability to mitigate the losses on defaulted loans depends upon the ability to promptly foreclose upon the collateral after an appropriate cure period. In some states, the large number of mortgage foreclosures that have occurred has resulted in delays in foreclosing. Any delay in the foreclosure process will adversely affect the Company by increasing the expenses related to carrying such assets, such as taxes, insurance, and other carrying costs, and exposes the Company to losses as a result of potential additional declines in the value of such collateral.

 

Changes in interest rates and other factors beyond the Company’s control may adversely affect earnings and financial condition.

The Company’s net income depends to a great extent upon the level of net interest income. Changes in interest rates can increase or decrease net interest income and net income. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income earned on loans, investments, and other interest-earning assets, and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is affected by changes in market interest rates, because different types of assets and liabilities may react differently, and at different times, to market interest rate changes. When interest-bearing liabilities mature or re-price more quickly than interest-earning assets in a period, an increase in market rates of interest could reduce net interest income. Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or re-price more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income.

 

Changes in market interest rates are affected by many factors beyond the Company’s control, including inflation, unemployment, money supply, international events, and events in world financial markets. The Company attempts to manage its risk from changes in market interest rates by adjusting the rates, maturity, re-pricing, and balances of the different types of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, but interest rate risk management techniques are not exact. As a result, a rapid increase or decrease in interest rates could have an adverse effect on the net interest margin and results of operations. Changes in the market interest rates for types of products and services in various markets also may vary significantly from location to location and over time based upon competition and local or regional economic factors. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s interest rate sensitivity simulation model projected that net interest income would decrease by 0.06% if interest rates immediately rose by 200 basis points. The results of an interest rate sensitivity simulation model depend upon a number of assumptions which may not prove to be accurate. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully manage interest rate risk.

 

The Company’s investment securities portfolio is subject to credit risk, market risk, and liquidity risk.

The investment securities portfolio has risks factors beyond the Company’s control that may significantly influence its fair value. These risk factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults of the issuers of the securities, lack of market pricing of the securities, and instability in the credit markets. Lack of market activity with respect to some securities has, in certain circumstances, required the Company to base its fair market valuation on unobservable inputs. Any changes in these risk factors, in current accounting principles or interpretations of these principles could impact the Company’s assessment of fair value and thus the determination of other-than-temporary impairment of the securities in the investment securities portfolio. Investment securities that previously were determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired could require further write-downs due to continued erosion of the creditworthiness of the issuer. Write-downs of investment securities would negatively affect the Company’s earnings and regulatory capital ratios.

 

14
 

 

The Company is subject to liquidity risks.

Market conditions could negatively affect the level or cost of available liquidity, which would affect the Company’s ongoing ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, and fund asset growth and new business transactions at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences. Core deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank advances are the Company’s primary source of funding. A significant decrease in the core deposits, an inability to renew Federal Home Loan Bank advances, an inability to obtain alternative funding to core deposits or Federal Home Loan Bank advances, or a substantial, unexpected, or prolonged change in the level or cost of liquidity could have a negative effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Potential impairment in the carrying value of goodwill could negatively impact the Company’s earnings.

At December 31, 2011, goodwill totaled $76.8 million. Goodwill is initially recorded at fair value and is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Given the current economic environment and conditions in the financial markets, there could be a requirement to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill prior to the normal annual assessment if there is a disruption in the Company’s business, unexpected significant declines in operating results, or sustained market capitalization declines. These types of events and the resulting analyses could result in goodwill impairment charges in the future, which would adversely affect the results of operations. A goodwill impairment charge does not adversely affect regulatory capital ratios or tangible capital. Based on an analyses, it was determined that the fair value of the Company’s reporting units exceeded the carrying value of their assets and liabilities and, therefore, goodwill was not considered impaired at December 31, 2011.

 

The Company depends on its executive officers and key personnel to continue the implementation of its long-term business strategy and could be harmed by the loss of their services.

The Company believes that its continued growth and future success will depend in large part on the skills of its management team and its ability to motivate and retain these individuals and other key personnel. In particular, the Company relies on the leadership of its Chief Executive Officer, Daniel J. Schrider. The loss of service of Mr. Schrider or one or more of the Company’s other executive officers or key personnel could reduce the Company’s ability to successfully implement its long-term business strategy, its business could suffer and the value of the Company’s common stock could be materially adversely affected. Leadership changes will occur from time to time and the Company cannot predict whether significant resignations will occur or whether the Company will be able to recruit additional qualified personnel. The Company believes its management team possesses valuable knowledge about the banking industry and the Company’s markets and that their knowledge and relationships would be very difficult to replicate. Although the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have entered into employment agreements with the Company, it is possible that they may not complete the term of their employment agreements or renew them upon expiration. The Company’s success also depends on the experience of its branch managers and lending officers and on their relationships with the customers and communities they serve. The loss of these key personnel could negatively impact the Company’s banking operations. The loss of key personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or operating results.

 

The market price for the Company’s stock may be volatile.

The market price for the Company’s common stock has fluctuated, ranging between $13.89 and $19.64 per share during the 12 months ended December 31, 2011. The overall market and the price of the Company’s common stock may experience volatility. There may be a significant impact on the market price for the common stock due to, among other things:

·past and future dividend practice;
·financial condition, performance, creditworthiness and prospects;
·quarterly variations in operating results or the quality of the Company’s assets;
·operating results that vary from the expectations of management, securities analysts and investors;
·changes in expectations as to the future financial performance;
·announcements of innovations, new products, strategic developments, significant contracts, acquisitions and other material events by the Company or its competitors;
·the operating and securities price performance of other companies that investors believe are comparable to the Company;
·future sales of the Company’s equity or equity-related securities;
·the credit, mortgage and housing markets, the markets for securities relating to mortgages or housing, and developments with respect to financial institutions generally; and
·changes in global financial markets and global economies and general market conditions, such as interest or foreign exchange rates, stock, commodity or real estate valuations or volatility or other geopolitical, regulatory or judicial events.

 

15
 

 

There can be no assurance that a more active or consistent trading market in the Company’s common stock will develop. As a result, relatively small trades could have a significant impact on the price of the Company’s common stock.

 

The cost savings that the Company estimates for mergers and acquisitions may not be realized.

The success of the Company’s mergers and acquisitions may depend, in part, on the ability to realize the estimated cost savings from combining the acquired businesses with the Company’s existing operations. It is possible that the potential cost savings could turn out to be more difficult to achieve than anticipated. The cost savings estimates also depend on the ability to combine the businesses in a manner that permits those cost savings to be realized. If the estimates turn out to be incorrect or there is an inability to combine successfully, the anticipated cost savings may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected.

 

Combining acquired businesses with Sandy Spring may be more difficult, costly, or time-consuming than expected, or could result in the loss of customers.

It is possible that the process of merger integration of acquired companies could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of ongoing business or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect the ability to maintain relationships with clients and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the merger or acquisition. There also may be disruptions that cause the Company to lose customers or cause customers to withdraw their deposits. Customers may not readily accept changes to their banking arrangements or other customer relationships after the merger or acquisition.

 

Competition may decrease the Company’s growth or profits.

The Company competes for loans, deposits, and investment dollars with other banks and other financial institutions and enterprises, such as securities firms, insurance companies, savings associations, credit unions, mortgage brokers, and private lenders, many of which have substantially greater resources than possessed by the Company. Credit unions have federal tax exemptions, which may allow them to offer lower rates on loans and higher rates on deposits than taxpaying financial institutions such as commercial banks. In addition, non-depository institution competitors are generally not subject to the extensive regulation applicable to institutions that offer federally insured deposits. Other institutions may have other competitive advantages in particular markets or may be willing to accept lower profit margins on certain products. These differences in resources, regulation, competitive advantages, and business strategy may decrease the Company’s net interest margin, increase the Company’s operating costs, and may make it harder to compete profitably.

 

The Company operates in a highly regulated industry, and compliance with, or changes to, the laws and regulations that govern its operations may adversely affect the Company.

The banking industry is heavily regulated. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect the federal deposit insurance funds and depositors, not shareholders. Sandy Spring Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and by Maryland banking authorities. Sandy Spring Bancorp is subject to regulation and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The burdens imposed by federal and state regulations put banks at a competitive disadvantage compared to less regulated competitors such as finance companies, mortgage banking companies, and leasing companies. Changes in the laws, regulations, and regulatory practices affecting the banking industry may increase the cost of doing business or otherwise adversely affect the Company and create competitive advantages for others. Regulations affecting banks and financial services companies undergo continuous change, and the Company cannot predict the ultimate effect of these changes, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. Federal economic and monetary policy may also affect the Company’s ability to attract deposits and other funding sources, make loans and investments, and achieve satisfactory interest spreads.

 

The enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 may have a material effect on our operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act imposes significant regulatory and compliance changes. The key effects of the Dodd-Frank Act on the Company’s business are: changes to regulatory capital requirements; exclusion of hybrid securities, including trust preferred securities, issued on or after May 19, 2010 from Tier 1 capital; creation of new government regulatory agencies (such as the Financial Stability Oversight Council, which will oversee systemic risk, and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which will develop and enforce rules for bank and non-bank providers of consumer financial products); potential limitations on federal preemption; changes to deposit insurance assessments; regulation of debit interchange fees; changes in retail banking regulations, including potential limitations on certain fees the Company may charge; and changes in regulation of consumer mortgage loan origination and risk retention. Some provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act became effective immediately upon its enactment. Many provisions, however, require regulations to be promulgated by various federal agencies in order to be implemented, some of which have been proposed by the applicable federal agencies. The provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may have unintended effects, which will not be clear until implementation. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of the Company’s business activities, require changes to certain of the Company’s business practices, impose upon the Company more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s business. These changes may also require the Company to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements may negatively impact the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

16
 

 

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is limited by law and contract.

The ability to pay dividends to shareholders largely depends on Sandy Spring Bancorp’s receipt of dividends from Sandy Spring Bank. The amount of dividends that Sandy Spring Bank may pay to Sandy Spring Bancorp is limited by federal laws and regulations. The ability of Sandy Spring Bank to pay dividends is also subject to its profitability, financial condition and cash flow requirements. There is no assurance that Sandy Spring Bank will be able to pay dividends to Sandy Spring Bancorp in the future. The decision may be made to limit the payment of dividends even when the legal ability to pay them exists, in order to retain earnings for other uses. A prohibition from paying dividends on common stock also exists if the required payments on the Company’s subordinated debentures have not been made.

 

Restrictions on unfriendly acquisitions could prevent a takeover of the Company.

The Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could discourage takeover attempts that are not approved by the board of directors. The Maryland General Corporation Law includes provisions that make an acquisition of Sandy Spring Bancorp more difficult. These provisions may prevent a future takeover attempt in which the shareholders otherwise might receive a substantial premium for their shares over then-current market prices.

 

These provisions include supermajority provisions for the approval of certain business combinations and certain provisions relating to meetings of shareholders. The Company’s articles of incorporation also authorize the issuance of additional shares without shareholder approval on terms or in circumstances that could deter a future takeover attempt.

 

Future sales of the Company’s common stock or other securities may dilute the value and adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock.

In many situations, the board of directors has the authority, without any vote of the Company’s shareholders, to issue shares of authorized but unissued stock, including shares authorized and unissued under the Company’s equity incentive plans. In the future, additional securities may be issued, through public or private offerings, in order to raise additional capital. Any such issuance would dilute the percentage of ownership interest of existing shareholders and may dilute the per share book value of the Company’s common stock. In addition, option holders may exercise their options at a time when the Company would otherwise be able to obtain additional equity capital on more favorable terms.

 

Changes in the Federal or State tax laws may negatively impact the Company’s financial performance.

The Company is subject to changes in tax law that could increase the effective tax rate payable to the state or federal government. These law changes may be retroactive to previous periods and as a result, could negatively affect the current and future financial performance of the Company.

 

Changes in accounting standards or interpretation of new or existing standards may affect how the Company reports its financial condition and results of operations.

From time to time the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the SEC change accounting regulations and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company’s financial statements. In addition, the FASB, SEC, bank regulators and the outside independent auditors may revise their previous interpretations regarding existing accounting regulations and the application of these accounting standards. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how to record and report the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, there could be a requirement to apply a new or revised accounting standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of prior period financial statements.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 2. PROPERTIES

 

The Company’s headquarters is located in Olney, Maryland. As of December 31, 2011, Sandy Spring Bank owned 13 of its 43 full-service community banking centers and leased the remaining banking centers. See Note 6 to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

In the normal course of business, the Company becomes involved in litigation arising from the banking, financial, and other activities it conducts. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, does not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of these matters will have a material effect on the Company's financial condition, operating results or liquidity.

 

Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable.

 

17
 

 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Stock Listing

Common shares of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SASR”. At March 1, 2012 there were 2,480 holders of record of the Company’s common stock.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Registrar and Transfer Company, 10 Commerce Drive, Cranford, New Jersey 07016-3572.

 

Dividends

The dividend amount is established by the board of directors each quarter. In making its decision on dividends, the board considers operating results, financial condition, capital adequacy, regulatory requirements, shareholder returns, and other factors. Shareholders received quarterly cash common dividends totaling $8.3 million in 2011 and $0.9 million in 2010. Dividends increased in 2011 over 2010 due to the Company’s improved operating results.

 

Share Transactions with Employees

Shares issued under the employee stock purchase plan, which commenced on July 1, 2001, totaled 33,284 in 2011 and 33,826 in 2010, while issuances pursuant to exercises of stock options and grants of restricted stock were 32,890 and 45,975 in the respective years. Shares issued under the director stock purchase plan totaled 1,833 shares in 2011 and 3,709 shares in 2010.

 

Quarterly Stock Information

The following table provides stock price activity and dividend payment information for the periods indicated:

 

   2011   2010 
   Stock Price Range   Per Share   Stock Price Range   Per Share 
Quarter  Low   High   Dividend   Low   High   Dividend 
                         
1st  $16.19   $19.94   $0.08   $8.25   $15.13   $0.01 
                               
2nd   16.86    19.31    0.08    13.95    18.20    0.01 
                               
3rd   13.64    19.27    0.08    13.44    17.39    0.01 
                               
4th   13.96    18.78    0.10    15.27    18.75    0.01 
                               
Total            $0.34             $0.04 

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company approved a stock repurchase program in August 2011 that permits the repurchase of up to 3% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock or approximately 730,000 shares. Repurchases, which will be conducted through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, will be made depending on market conditions and other factors. The Company repurchased 23,592 shares of common stock at an average price of $14.16 per share during the year ended December 31, 2011. The Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock in the quarter ended December 31, 2011.

 

As a result of the continued participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program during 2010, the Company was prohibited from repurchasing any shares of its common stock, other than in connection with the administration of an employee benefit plan, without the consent of the Treasury Department. Accordingly, no shares were repurchased during 2010.

 

Total Return Comparison

The following graph and table show the cumulative total return on the common stock of the Company over the last five years, compared with the cumulative total return of a broad stock market index (the Standard and Poor’s 500 Index or “S&P 500”), and a narrower index of Mid-Atlantic bank holding company peers with assets of $2 billion to $7 billion. The cumulative total return on the stock or the index equals the total increase in value since December 31, 2006, assuming reinvestment of all dividends paid into the stock or the index. The graph and table were prepared assuming that $100 was invested on December 31, 2006, in the common stock and the securities included in the indexes.

 

18
 

 

 

   December 31, 
Index  2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011 
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.   100.00    75.06    61.55    25.78    53.58    52.03 
S&P 500   100.00    105.49    66.46    84.05    96.71    98.76 
SASR Peer Group Index*   100.00    77.38    82.93    54.51    69.12    59.58 

 

*The Peer Group Index includes twenty publicly traded bank holding companies, other than the Company, headquartered in the Mid-Atlantic region and with assets of $2 billion to $7 billion. The companies included in this index are: Bancorp, Inc. (DE); BNC Bancorp (NC); Burke and Herbert Bank & Trust Company (VA); Cardinal Financial Corporation (VA); Carter Bank & Trust (VA); City Holding Company (WV); Eagle Bancorp, Inc. (MD); First Bancorp (NC); First Commonwealth Financial Corp. (PA), First Community Bancshares, Inc. (VA); First Financial Bancorp (OH); Hampton Roads Bankshares, Inc. (VA); Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. (NJ); Metro Bancorp, Inc. (PA); S&T Bancorp, Inc. (PA); Stellar One Company (VA); Southern BancShares. Inc. (NC); Sun Bancorp, Inc. (NJ); Tower Bancorp, Inc. (PA); Towne Bank (VA); Union First Market Bankshares Corporation (VA); Univest Company of Pennsylvania (PA); Virginia Commerce Bancorp, Inc. (VA); WesBanco, Inc. (WV); and Yadkin Valley Financial Corp. (NC). Returns are weighted according to the issuer’s stock market capitalization at the beginning of each year shown.

 

19
 

 

Equity Compensation Plans

The following table presents disclosure regarding equity compensation plans in existence at December 31, 2011, consisting only of the 1999 Stock Option Plan (expired but with outstanding options that may still be exercised) and the 2005 Omnibus Stock Plan, each of which was approved by the shareholders.

 

           Number of securities remaining 
   Number of securities to be       available for future issuance 
   issued upon exercise of   Weighted average exercise   under equity compensation plans 
   outstanding options,   price of outstanding options,   (excluding securities reflected in 
Plan category  warrants and rights   warrants and rights   the first column) 
                
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders   635,197   $31.42    1,047,583 
                
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders   -    -    - 
                
Total   635,197   $31.42    1,047,583 

 

 

 

20
 

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

Consolidated Summary of Financial Results                    
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007 
Results of Operations:                         
Tax-equivalent interest income  $145,072   $153,185   $160,069   $173,389   $186,481 
Interest expense   26,524    32,742    51,522    60,386    76,149 
Tax-equivalent net interest income   118,548    120,443    108,547    113,003    110,332 
Tax-equivalent adjustment   5,602    4,836    4,839    4,544    5,506 
Provision for loan and lease losses   1,428    25,908    76,762    33,192    4,094 
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses   111,518    89,699    26,946    75,267    100,732 
Non-interest income   43,500    43,782    43,356    45,525    44,123 
Non-interest expenses   105,071    100,912    101,154    101,371    99,622 
Income (loss) before taxes   49,947    32,569    (30,852)   19,421    45,233 
Income tax expense (benefit)   15,845    9,049    (15,997)   3,642    12,971 
Net income (loss)   34,102    23,520    (14,855)   15,779    32,262 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders   34,102    17,371    (19,655)   15,445    32,262 
                          
Per Share Data:                         
Net income (loss) - basic per share  $1.42   $1.05   $(0.90)  $0.96   $2.01 
Net income (loss) - basic per common share   1.42    0.78    (1.20)   0.94    2.01 
Net income (loss) -diluted per share   1.41    1.05    (0.90)   0.96    2.01 
Net income (loss) - diluted per common share   1.41    0.78    (1.20)   0.94    2.01 
Dividends declared per common share   0.34    0.04    0.37    0.96    0.92 
Book value per common share   18.52    16.95    17.80    19.05    19.31 
Dividends declared to diluted net income per common share   24.11%   5.13%   (30.83)%   102.12%   45.77%
                          
Period End Balances:                         
Assets  $3,711,370   $3,519,388   $3,630,478   $3,313,638   $3,043,953 
Investment securities   1,164,699    1,042,943    1,023,799    492,491    445,273 
Loans and leases   2,239,692    2,156,232    2,298,010    2,490,646    2,277,031 
Deposits   2,656,520    2,549,872    2,696,842    2,365,257    2,273,868 
Borrowings   584,021    537,001    535,646    522,658    426,525 
Stockholders’ equity   446,109    407,569    373,586    391,862    315,640 
                          
Average Balances:                         
Assets  $3,581,566   $3,612,988   $3,557,234   $3,152,586   $2,935,451 
Investment securities   1,129,981    1,039,126    824,802    428,479    495,928 
Loans and leases   2,161,759    2,236,885    2,416,470    2,420,040    2,113,476 
Deposits   2,614,220    2,611,009    2,599,284    2,284,648    2,253,979 
Borrowings   518,784    534,629    535,272    513,237    361,884 
Stockholders’ equity   422,681    441,195    389,221    324,995    290,224 
                          
Performance Ratios:                         
Return on average assets   0.95%   0.48%   (0.55)%   0.49%   1.10%
Return on average common equity   8.07    4.56    (6.35)   4.84    11.12 
Yield on average interest-earning assets   4.37    4.58    4.85    6.02    6.98 
Rate on average interest-bearing liabilities   1.06    1.27    1.97    2.56    3.50 
Net interest spread   3.31    3.31    2.88    3.46    3.48 
Net interest margin   3.57    3.60    3.29    3.92    4.13 
Efficiency ratio – GAAP (1)   67.16    63.31    68.78    65.83    66.88 
Efficiency ratio – Non-GAAP (1)   63.75    60.36    64.37    59.69    61.87 
                          
Capital Ratios:                         
Tier 1 leverage   10.84%   10.30%   9.09%   11.00%   8.87%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets   14.57    14.11    12.01    12.56    10.28 
Total regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets   15.83    15.37    13.27    13.82    11.28 
Tangible common equity to tangible assets - Non-GAAP (2)   9.68    9.51    5.95    7.18    7.57 
Average equity to average assets   11.80    12.21    10.94    10.31    9.89 
                          
Credit Quality Ratios:                         
Allowance for loan losses to loans and leases   2.21%   2.88%   2.81%   2.03%   1.10%
Non-performing loans to total loans   3.53    4.08    5.82    2.79    1.51 
Non-performing assets to total assets   2.25    2.78    3.89    2.18    1.15 
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases   0.66    1.27    2.61    0.32    0.06 

  

(1)See the discussion of the efficiency ratio in the section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations entitled “Operating Expense Performance.”
(2)See the discussion of tangible common equity in the section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations entitled “Tangible Common Equity.”

 

21
 

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Overview

Net income for the Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $34.1 million ($1.41 per diluted share), compared to net income of $23.5 million ($1.05 per diluted share) for the prior year. These results reflect the following events:

 

·The provision for loan and lease losses was a charge of $1.4 million for 2011 compared to a charge of $25.9 million for 2010. This declining trend was due mainly to a continuing lower level of historical net charge-offs, which is a principal component in the application of the Company’s allowance methodology, together with a decline in non-performing assets.
·Average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2011 remained level compared to the prior year, reflecting an 11% increase in noninterest-bearing deposits that was offset by a 3% decrease in interest-bearing deposits compared to 2010. Deposit balances at December 31, 2011 increased 4% compared to the prior year end. This increase was driven mainly by a 15% increase in noninterest-bearing deposits.
·Average total loans for the year ended December 31, 2011 declined 3% compared to the prior year due largely to decreases in commercial business and consumer loans. However, total loans at December 31, 2011 increased 4% compared to the balance at December 31, 2010. This improvement, which occurred late in 2011, was driven primarily by growth in all commercial loan lines and residential mortgage loans and was partially offset by a decline in consumer loans.
·Net interest income decreased 2% in 2011 compared to the prior year. This general downward trend was due to record low market interest rates and a decline in average interest-earning assets as a result of new loan volume for the year that was insufficient to offset increased loan payoffs.

 

In 2011, the nation and the mid-Atlantic region in which the Company operates began to show positive, although often slow and uneven, economic momentum. Significant volatility continued in selected areas of the economy due to concerns over the United States budget deficit and the financial stability of several countries in Western Europe. The real estate market continued to struggle in the face of credit constraints which were only partially offset by declining mortgage rates and lower prices. Unemployment rates began to decline toward the end of the year but remain at historically high levels. Together with municipal budget deficits across the country, these factors have caused enough economic uncertainty, particularly among individual consumers and small and medium-sized businesses, to suppress confidence and thus constrain economic recovery and expansion. Despite this challenging business environment, the Company has emphasized the fundamentals of community banking as it has maintained strong levels of liquidity and capital and overall credit quality has continued to improve.

 

The net interest margin decreased, although at a slower pace, to 3.57% in 2011 compared to 3.60% in 2010. This decrease was driven primarily by a decline in the average rates earned on interest-earning assets, which exceeded the decline in the average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, as historically low interest rates inhibited the Company’s ability to further reduce the rates paid on deposits. This effect was somewhat mitigated by the growth in noninterest-bearing deposits during the year, which provided funding at no cost compared to the higher cost of borrowed funds. Average total deposits remained virtually level compared with the prior year while average loans declined 3% compared to 2010 due to the economic factors mentioned above.

 

A strong level of liquidity continued from previous years through the borrowing lines with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta and the Federal Reserve and the size and composition of the investment portfolio.

 

The Company’s credit quality continued to improve during 2011 as non-performing assets decreased to $83.6 million from $97.7 million in 2010. This decrease was due primarily to the Company’s aggressive efforts to resolve non-performing loans together with sales of other real estate owned. In addition, reduced migration of existing loans into nonperforming status, particularly in the commercial real estate portfolio, continued to positively affect the Company’s credit metrics.

 

At December 31, 2011, the Company remained above all “well-capitalized” regulatory requirement levels. In addition, tangible book value per common share increased 7% over the prior year end from $13.59 to $14.58.

 

Total assets at December 31, 2011 increased 5% to $3.7 billion compared to December 31, 2010. Loan balances increased 4% compared to the prior year due primarily to increases of 7% in commercial loans and 6% in residential mortgage loans which were somewhat offset by a 5% decrease in consumer loans. Customer funding sources, which include deposits plus other short-term borrowings from core customers, increased 3% compared to balances at December 31, 2010. This increase was due primarily to increases of 15% in noninterest-bearing deposits, 13% in regular savings accounts and 16% in interest-bearing checking accounts. These increases were partially offset by a decline of 7% in certificates of deposit while money market accounts remained at a comparable level with the prior year end. The Company continued to manage its net interest margin, primarily by reducing rates on certificates of deposit, as clients emphasized safety and short term liquidity in the face of volatile equity markets and low interest rates. During the same period, stockholders’ equity increased to $446.1 million or 12% of total assets due to net income and a significant increase in accumulated comprehensive income for the year resulting from higher unrealized gains on investments available-for-sale.

 

22
 

 

Net interest income decreased by $2.7 million, or 2% compared to the prior year. A decline of 21 basis points in the yield on average interest-earning assets together with a 1% decrease in the related average balances more than offset the combined effect of a 21 basis point decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, growth of 15% in noninterest-bearing deposits and a $14.2 million decrease in non-performing assets.

 

Non-interest income remained level for 2011 compared to 2010. Trust and investment management fees increased 16% over the prior year period due to higher average assets under management resulting primarily from new client additions. Fees on sales of investment products increased 8% due to an increase in managed assets and higher sales of financial products while income from Visa check transactions increased 9% as the volume of such transactions continued to increase. These increases were largely offset by a decrease in insurance commissions of 11% brought about by a change in the timing of the recognition of renewal premiums that was implemented in the first quarter of 2010. In addition, service charges on deposits declined 8% as a result of the impact of recently enacted legislation on overdraft fees and income from mortgage banking activities decreased 12% due primarily to lower accrued gains on mortgage commitments in 2011 compared to 2010.

 

Non-interest expenses increased 4% compared to the prior year due largely to a 7% increase in salaries and benefits expense. Other non-interest expense increased 8% due primarily to losses on sales of other real estate owned and loan work out expenses.

 

Non-performing assets decreased to $83.6 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $97.7 million at December 31, 2010. Non-performing assets represented 2.25% of total assets at December 31, 2011 compared to 2.78% at December 31, 2010. The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and leases was .66% for 2011, compared to 1.27% for 2010.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States of America and follow general practices within the banking industry. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the financial statements may reflect different estimates, assumptions, and judgments. Certain policies inherently rely to a greater extent on the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments and as such may have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. Estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary for assets and liabilities that are required to be recorded at fair value. A decline in the value of assets required to be recorded at fair value will warrant an impairment write-down or valuation allowance to be established. Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility. The fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based either on quoted market prices or are provided by other third-party sources, when readily available. The following accounting policies comprise those policies that management believes are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results:

 

·Allowance for loan and lease losses;
·Goodwill impairment;
·Accounting for income taxes;
·Fair value measurements, including assessment of other than temporary impairment;
·Defined benefit pension plan.

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses is an estimate of the losses that are inherent in the loan and lease portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is based on the basic principle that a loss be accrued when it is probable that the loss has occurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

 

Management believes that the allowance is adequate. However, its determination requires significant judgment, and estimates of probable losses in the lending portfolio can vary significantly from the amounts actually observed. While management uses available information to recognize probable losses, future additions or reductions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in the loans and leases comprising the portfolio and changes in the financial condition of borrowers, resulting from changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, and independent consultants engaged by the Company periodically review the loan and lease portfolio and the allowance. Such reviews may result in additional provisions based on their judgments of information available at the time of each examination.

 

The Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses has two basic components: a general allowance reflecting historical losses by loan category, as adjusted by several factors whose effects are not reflected in historical loss ratios, and specific allowances for individually identified loans. Each of these components, and the allowance methodology used to establish them, are described in detail in Note 1 and Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report. The amount of the allowance is reviewed monthly by the Credit and Investment Risk Committee of the board of directors and formally approved quarterly by that same committee of the board.

 

23
 

 

General allowances are based upon historical loss experience by portfolio segment measured over the prior eight quarters and weighted so that losses realized in the most recent quarters have the greatest effect. The historical loss experience is supplemented to address various risk characteristics of the Company’s loan portfolio including:

·trends in delinquencies and other non-performing loans;
·changes in the risk profile related to large loans in the portfolio;
·changes in the categories of loans comprising the loan portfolio;
·concentrations of loans to specific industry segments;
·changes in economic conditions on both a local and national level;
·changes in the Company’s credit administration and loan portfolio management processes; and
·quality of the Company’s credit risk identification processes.

 

The general allowance comprised 84% of the total allowance at December 31, 2011 and 94% at December 31, 2010. The general allowance is calculated in two parts based on an internal risk classification of loans within each portfolio segment. Allowances on loans considered to be “criticized” and “classified” under regulatory guidance are calculated separately from loans considered to be “pass” rated under the same guidance. This segregation allows the Company to monitor the allowance applicable to higher risk loans separate from the remainder of the portfolio in order to better manage risk and ensure the sufficiency of the allowance for loan and lease losses.

 

The portion of the allowance representing specific allowances is established on individually impaired loans. As a practical expedient, for collateral dependent loans, the Company measures impairment based on the net realizable value of the underlying collateral. For loans on which the Company has not elected to use a practical expedient to measure impairment, the Company will measure impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. In determining the cash flows to be included in the discount calculation the Company considers the following factors that combine to estimate the probability and severity of potential losses:

·the borrower’s overall financial condition;
·resources and payment record;
·demonstrated or documented support available from financial guarantors; and
·the adequacy of collateral value and the ultimate realization of that value at liquidation.

 

These factors combine to estimate the probability and severity of potential losses. At December 31, 2011, the specific allowance accounted for 16% of the total allowance as compared to 6% at December 31, 2010. The severity of estimated losses on impaired loans can differ substantially from actual losses.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Asset Impairment

Goodwill represents the excess purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. Impairment testing requires that the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units be compared to the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s net assets, including goodwill. The Company’s reporting units were identified based upon an analysis of each of its individual operating segments. If the fair values of the reporting units exceed their book values, no write-down of recorded goodwill is required. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than book value, an expense may be required to write-down the related goodwill to the proper carrying value. The Company tests for impairment of goodwill as of October 1 of each year using September 30 data , and again at any quarter-end if any triggering events occur during a quarter that may affect goodwill. Examples of such events include, but are not limited to, a significant deterioration in future operating results, adverse action by a regulator or a loss of key personnel. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires the Company to use a degree of subjectivity.

 

Recently amended accounting guidance that provides the Company with the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Based on the assessment of these qualitative factors, if it is determined that the fair value of a reporting unit is not less than the carrying value, then performing the two-step impairment process, previously required, is unnecessary. However, if it is determined that the carrying value exceeds the fair value the first step, described above, of the two step process must be performed. This guidance is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The Company has elected early adoption of this guidance in performing its annual impairment testing as of October 1, 2011 with respect to its community banking and investment management reporting units. With respect to its insurance reporting unit, the Company elected to engage a third-party valuation firm to determine the fair value of this reporting unit to utilize in the “step one” test for potential goodwill impairment. The company and the valuation firm determined that a combination of the income approach and the market approach were most appropriate in valuing the fair value of this unit and determined that the “step two test” for impairment was not necessary. At December 31, 2011 there was no evidence of impairment of goodwill or intangibles in any of the Company’s reporting units.

 

24
 

 

Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that a lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset, or liability. Other intangible assets have finite lives and are reviewed for impairment annually. These assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis over varying periods that initially did not exceed 15 years.

 

Accounting for Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes by recording deferred income taxes that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Management exercises significant judgment in the evaluation of the amount and timing of the recognition of the resulting tax assets and liabilities. The judgments and estimates required for the evaluation are updated based upon changes in business factors and the tax laws. If actual results differ from the assumptions and other considerations used in estimating the amount and timing of tax recognized, there can be no assurance that additional expenses will not be required in future periods. The Company’s accounting policy follows the prescribed authoritative guidance that a minimal probability threshold of a tax position must be met before a financial statement benefit is recognized. The Company recognized, when applicable, interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in other non-interest expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). Assessment of uncertain tax positions requires careful consideration of the technical merits of a position based on management’s analysis of tax regulations and interpretations. Significant judgment may be involved in applying the applicable reporting and accounting requirements.

 

Management expects that the Company’s adherence to the required accounting guidance may result in increased volatility in quarterly and annual effective income tax rates due to the requirement that any change in judgment or measurement of a tax position taken in a prior period be recognized as a discrete event in the period in which it occurs. Factors that could impact management’s judgment include changes in income, tax laws and regulations, and tax planning strategies.

 

Fair Value Measurements

The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with applicable accounting standards. Significant financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis are investment securities available-for-sale, residential mortgages held for sale and commercial loan interest rate swap agreements. Loans where it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest payments according to the contractual terms are considered impaired loans and are measured on a nonrecurring basis.

 

The Company conducts a quarterly review for all investment securities that have potential impairment to determine whether unrealized losses are other-than-temporary. Valuations for the investment portfolio are determined using quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, valuations are based on pricing models, quotes for similar investment securities, and, where necessary, an income valuation approach based on the present value of expected cash flows. In addition, the Company considers the financial condition of the issuer, the receipt of principal and interest according to the contractual terms and the intent and ability of the Company to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

 

The above accounting policies with respect to fair value are discussed in further detail in “Note 21-Fair Value” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plan

The Company has a qualified, noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan. The plan was frozen for existing entrants after December 31, 2007 and all benefit accruals for employees were frozen as of December 31, 2007 based on past service. Future salary increases and additional years of service will no longer affect the defined benefit provided by the plan although additional vesting may continue to occur.

 

Several factors affect the net periodic benefit cost of the plan, including (1) the size and characteristics of the plan population, (2) the discount rate, (3) the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and (4) other actuarial assumptions. Pension cost is directly related to the number of employees covered by the plan and other factors including salary, age, years of employment, and the terms of the plan. As a result of the plan freeze, the characteristics of the plan population should not have a materially different effect in future years. The discount rate is used to determine the present value of future benefit obligations. The discount rate is determined by matching the expected cash flows of the plan to a yield curve based on long term, high quality fixed income debt instruments available as of the measurement date, which is December 31 of each year. The discount rate is adjusted each year on the measurement date to reflect current market conditions. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on a number of factors that include expectations of market performance and the target asset allocation adopted in the plan investment policy. Should actual asset returns deviate from the projected returns, this can affect the benefit plan expense recognized in the financial statements.

 

25
 

 

Consolidated Average Balances, Yields and Rates

 

   2011   2010   2009 
           Annualized           Annualized           Annualized 
   Average   (1)   Average   Average   (1)   Average   Average   (1)   Average 
(Dollars in thousands and tax-equivalent)  Balances   Interest   Yield/Rate   Balances   Interest   Yield/Rate   Balances   Interest   Yield/Rate 
Assets                                             
Residential mortgage loans (2)  $457,886   $21,971    4.80%  $464,462   $24,838    5.35%  $471,221   $27,560    5.85%
Residential construction loans   89,823    3,410    3.80    88,729    4,037    4.55    139,197    7,165    5.15 
Commercial ADC loans   149,571    6,819    4.56    157,879    6,459    4.09    221,863    7,057    3.18 
Commercial investor real estate loans   349,447    20,213    5.78    335,141    20,174    6.02    316,870    19,479    6.15 
Commercial owner occupied real estate loans   511,692    30,197    5.90    512,008    30,820    6.02    527,221    32,413    6.15 
Commercial business loans   229,825    11,344    4.94    264,281    13,329    5.04    305,170    15,711    5.15 
Leasing   10,505    707    6.73    20,682    1,460    7.06    29,923    2,280    7.62 
Consumer loans   363,010    13,271    3.68    393,703    15,206    3.88    405,005    16,001    3.96 
Total loans and leases (3)   2,161,759    107,932    5.00    2,236,885    116,323    5.20    2,416,470    127,666    5.28 
Taxable securities   885,023    23,471    2.65    875,292    25,630    2.93    662,853    20,784    3.14 
Tax-exempt securities (4)   244,958    13,590    5.55    163,834    11,052    6.75    161,949    11,467    7.08 
Interest-bearing deposits with banks   30,270    77    0.25    69,755    177    0.25    56,980    149    0.26 
Federal funds sold   1,337    2    0.14    1,773    3    0.17    2,045    3    0.19 
Total interest-earning assets   3,323,347    145,072    4.37    3,347,539    153,185    4.58    3,300,297    160,069    4.85 
                                              
Less: allowance for loan and lease losses   (56,770)             (69,393)             (59,961)          
Cash and due from banks   45,721              44,736              45,038           
Premises and equipment, net   49,047              48,738              50,649           
Other assets   220,221              241,368              221,211           
Total assets  $3,581,566             $3,612,988             $3,557,234           
                                              
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                                             
Interest-bearing demand deposits  $340,110    364    0.11%  $292,106    324    0.11%  $254,047    420    0.17%
Regular savings deposits   184,050    183    0.10    165,032    164    0.10    152,383    210    0.14 
Money market savings deposits   859,608    3,547    0.41    890,187    5,015    0.56    841,336    10,725    1.27 
Time deposits   611,192    6,908    1.13    706,487    11,431    1.62    829,817    23,566    2.84 
Total interest-bearing deposits   1,994,960    11,002    0.55    2,053,812    16,934    0.82    2,077,583    34,921    1.68 
Other borrowings   78,207    212    0.27    89,932    269    0.30    88,198    308    0.35 
Advances from FHLB   405,577    14,397    3.55    409,697    14,599    3.56    412,074    14,708    3.57 
Subordinated debentures   35,000    913    2.61    35,000    940    2.69    35,000    1,585    4.53 
Total interest-bearing liabilities   2,513,744    26,524    1.06    2,588,441    32,742    1.27    2,612,855    51,522    1.97 
                                              
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   619,260              557,197              521,701           
Other liabilities   25,881              26,155              33,457           
Stockholders' equity   422,681              441,195              389,221           
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity  $3,581,566             $3,612,988             $3,557,234           
                                              
Net interest income and spread       $118,548    3.31%       $120,443    3.31%       $108,547    2.88%
Less: tax-equivalent adjustment        5,602              4,836              4,839      
Net interest income       $112,946             $115,607             $103,708      
                                              
Interest income/earning assets             4.37%             4.58%             4.85%
Interest expense/earning assets             0.80              0.98              1.56 
Net interest margin             3.57%             3.60%             3.29%

 

(1)Tax-equivalent income has been adjusted using the combined marginal federal and state rate of 39.88% for 2011, 2010 and 2009. The annualized taxable-equivalent adjustments utilized in the above table to compute yields aggregated to $5.6 million, $4.8 million and $4.8 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

(2)Includes residential mortgage loans held for sale. Home equity loans and lines are classified as consumer loans.

 

(3)Non-accrual loans are included in the average balances.

 

(4)Includes only investments that are exempt from federal taxes.

 

26
 

 

Net Interest Income

The largest source of the Company’s operating revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between the interest earned on interest-earning assets and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. For purposes of this discussion and analysis, the interest earned on tax-exempt investment securities has been adjusted to an amount comparable to interest subject to normal income taxes. The result is referred to as tax-equivalent interest income and tax-equivalent net interest income. The following discussion of net interest income should be considered in conjunction with the review of the information provided on the preceding table.

 

2011 vs. 2010

Net interest income for 2011 was $112.9 million compared to $115.6 million for 2010. On a tax-equivalent basis, net interest income decreased by 2% for 2011 to $118.5 million from $120.4 million for 2010. The preceding table provides an analysis of net interest income performance that reflects a net interest margin that decreased to 3.57% for 2011 compared to 3.60% for 2010. Average interest-earning assets decreased by 1% while average interest-bearing liabilities decreased 3% in 2011. Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased 11% in 2011 while the percentage of average noninterest-bearing deposits to total deposits also increased to 25% in 2011 compared to 23% in 2010.

 

2010 vs. 2009

Net interest income for 2010 was $115.6 million, representing an increase of $11.9 million or 11% from 2010. The increase in tax-equivalent net interest margin in 2010 resulted from declining rates paid on deposits which more than offset the decrease in yields on earning assets which was partially affected by a decrease in non-accrual loans. Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased 7% in 2010 while the percentage of average noninterest-bearing deposits to total deposits also increased to 23% in 2010 compared to 20% in 2009. On a tax-equivalent basis, net interest income increased by 11% in 2010 to $120.4 million from $108.5 million in 2009.

 

Effect of Volume and Rate Changes on Net Interest Income

The following table analyzes the reasons for the changes from year-to-year in the principal elements that comprise net interest income:

 

   2011 vs. 2010   2010 vs. 2009 
   Increase           Increase         
   Or   Due to Change In Average:*   Or   Due to Change In Average:* 
(Dollars in thousands and tax equivalent)  (Decrease)   Volume   Rate   (Decrease)   Volume   Rate 
Interest income from earning assets:                              
Loans and leases  $(8,391)  $(3,860)  $(4,531)  $(11,343)  $(9,360)  $(1,983)
Securities   379    3,095    (2,716)   4,431    7,787    (3,356)
Other earning assets   (101)   (102)   1    28    32    (4)
Total interest income   (8,113)   (867)   (7,246)   (6,884)   (1,541)   (5,343)
                               
Interest expense on funding of earning assets:                              
Interest-bearing demand deposits   40    49    (9)   (96)   57    (153)
Regular savings deposits   19    20    (1)   (46)   16    (62)
Money market savings deposits   (1,468)   (170)   (1,298)   (5,710)   584    (6,294)
Time deposits   (4,523)   (1,395)   (3,128)   (12,135)   (3,115)   (9,020)
Total borrowings   (286)   (480)   194    (793)   (20)   (773)
Total interest expense   (6,218)   (1,976)   (4,242)   (18,780)   (2,478)   (16,302)
Net interest income  $(1,895)  $1,109   $(3,004)  $11,896   $937   $10,959 

 

* Variances that are the combined effect of volume and rate, but cannot be separately identified, are allocated to the volume and rate variances based on their respective relative amounts.

 

Interest Income

 

2011 vs. 2010

The Company's total tax-equivalent interest income decreased by $8.1 million or 5% in 2011 compared to 2010. The previous table shows that, in 2011, the decrease in interest income resulted primarily from a decline in earning asset yields with respect to both the loan and investment portfolios and to some extent, a decrease in average loans and leases.

 

27
 

 

During 2011, the yield on average loans and leases decreased by 20 basis points due to the continued prevailing low interest rate environment as relatively higher rate loans were paid off and new loans were originated at comparatively lower rates. In addition, the average balance of the loan portfolio declined 3% in 2011 compared to the prior year as the volume of quality loan demand remained low due to the struggling economy. The decline in the portfolio yield was driven by decreases of 20 basis points in the yield on the consumer loan portfolio and 60 basis points on the residential mortgage loan portfolio together with a decrease of 6 basis points in the yield on the commercial loan portfolio. The decrease in the average balance of the loan portfolio was driven by declines in several segments of the portfolio, particularly commercial business loans, due to soft market demand, and consumer loans, due to pay downs of conventional second mortgage loans and installment loans.

 

The average yield on investment securities decreased 25 basis points while the average balance of the portfolio increased 9% or $90 million in 2011 compared to the prior year. The growth in investments was due to liquidity provided primarily by the decline in loan balances mentioned above. The decrease in the yield on investments was due to the fact that a significant portion of the portfolio is invested in amortizing securities that were replaced by lower yielding investments as a result of lower overall market rates.

 

2010 vs. 2009

Interest income decreased by $6.9 million or 4% in 2010 compared to 2009 due to a decrease in interest income resulting primarily from a decline in average interest-earning asset yields. This was partially offset by growth in average interest-earning assets. Average loans and leases, yielding 5.20% versus 5.28% a year earlier, decreased $179.6 million or 7%. The average residential real estate portfolio decreased 9% due mainly to a 36% decrease in residential construction loans while the average commercial loans and leases portfolio decreased 8% due largely to a 29% decrease in commercial ADC loans. The average consumer loan portfolio decreased 3% due to declines of 23% in installment loans and 20% in conventional second mortgage loans. In 2010, average loans and leases comprised 67% of average earning assets compared to a ratio of 73% in 2009. Average total investment securities, yielding 3.53% in 2010 versus 3.91% in the prior year, increased 26% to $1.0 billion. Average total investment securities comprised 31% of average earning assets in 2010 compared to 25% in 2009. The growth in average investment securities in 2010 was due mainly to the growth in deposits throughout 2009 resulting from the Company’s strategy to grow market share, and the decline in loans was due primarily to soft loan demand during 2010.

 

Interest Expense

 

2011 vs. 2010

Interest expense decreased by $6.2 million or 19% in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily as a result of a 21 basis point decrease in the average rate paid on deposits and borrowings, which decreased to 1.06% from 1.27%. Deposit activity during 2011 continued to be affected by a very slowly recovering economy and historically low interest rates. Average deposits remained virtually level as average certificates of deposit decreased $95 million or 13% compared to the prior year. This decrease was offset by an increase of $110 million or 13% in average noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts as clients redeployed funds into short-term instruments to preserve liquidity. Average balances of money market accounts remained level during 2011 compared to the prior year. During 2011, the Company continued to preserve its net interest margin in the face of reduced loan volumes as it reduced rates on higher cost certificates of deposit thus prompting growth in noninterest-bearing checking accounts. Much of this decrease, particularly in time deposits, was incurred with single product clients, and thus did not significantly affect clients with multiple product relationships.

 

2010 vs. 2009

Interest expense decreased by 36% or $18.8 million in 2010, compared to 2009, primarily as a result of a 70 basis point decrease in the average rate paid on deposits and borrowings, which decreased to 1.27% from 1.97%. Deposit and borrowing activity during 2010 continued to be driven by challenging market conditions as both the national and regional economy began a very slow and uneven recovery. Through a major deposit growth campaign in 2009, the Company saw strong growth in its deposit market share. During 2010, the Company experienced a planned decline in deposits as it managed its net interest margin through reductions in rates. Much of this decrease, particularly in time deposits, was incurred with single product clients, and thus did not significantly affect clients with multiple product relationships. Most of this growth in deposits was deployed into investment securities to provide the necessary liquidity should loan demand increase in the future.

 

Interest Rate Performance

 

2011 vs. 2010

The declining trend in the net interest margin narrowed to a decrease of only 3 basis points in 2011 compared to 2010, as the net interest spread remained even in 2011 compared to 2010. These two indicators of interest rate performance reflected a decline of 21 basis points in both the yield on interest-earning assets and the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

 

2010 vs. 2009

The net interest margin increased by 31 basis points in 2010 compared to 2009, as compared to an increase in net interest spread of 43 basis points in 2010 compared to 2009. The increase in these two indicators of interest rate performance was due primarily to the decrease in rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities of 70 basis points which more than offset the decline in yield on interest-earning assets of 27 basis points together with an increase in noninterest-bearing demand deposits.

 

28
 

 

Non-interest Income

Non-interest income amounts and trends are presented in the following table for the years indicated:

 

               2011/2010   2011/2010   2010/2009   2010/2009 
(Dollars in thousands)  2011   2010   2009   $ Change   % Change   $ Change   % Change 
Securities gains  $292   $796   $418   $(504)   (63.3)%  $378    90.2%
Total other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") losses   (178)   (1,505)   -    1,327    (88.2)   (1,505)   - 
Portion of OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income    18    993    -    (975)   (98.2)   993    - 
before taxes Net OTTI recognized in earnings   (160)   (512)   -    352    (68.8)   (512)   - 
Service charges on deposit accounts   9,527    10,326    11,433    (799)   (7.7)   (1,107)   (9.7)
Gains on sales of mortgage loans   3,228    3,664    3,473    (436)   (11.9)   191    5.5 
Fees on sales of investment products   3,703    3,438    2,823    265    7.7    615    21.8 
Trust and investment management fees   11,943    10,287    9,421    1,656    16.1    866    9.2 
Insurance agency commissions   4,650    5,229    5,236    (579)   (11.1)   (7)   (0.1)
Income from bank owned life insurance   2,636    2,800    2,906    (164)   (5.9)   (106)   (3.6)
Visa check fees   3,637    3,325    2,920    312    9.4    405    13.9 
Letter of credit fees   1,123    1,019    567    104    10.2    452    79.7 
Extension fees   406    594    793    (188)   (31.6)   (199)   (25.1)
Other income   2,515    2,816    3,366    (301)   (10.7)   (550)   (16.3)
Total non-interest income  $43,500   $43,782   $43,356   $(282)   (0.6)  $426    1.0 

  

2011 vs. 2010

Total non-interest income was $43.5 million in 2011 compared to $43.8 million in 2010. As shown in the table above, the primary drivers of non-interest income for 2011 were decreases in service charges on deposits, insurance agency commissions and income from mortgage banking activities, which were largely offset by increases in wealth management revenues, comprised of trust and investment management fees and fees on sales on investment products, together with a continued increase in Visa check fees.

 

Service charges on deposits declined due primarily to a decrease in overdraft fees due in large part to the impact of recently enacted legislation on overdraft and other fees. Insurance agency commission revenue declined in 2011 compared to 2010 due mainly to a change in the timing of the recognition of renewal premiums that was implemented in the first quarter of 2010. Income from mortgage banking activities decreased compared to the prior year due primarily to lower accrued gains on mortgage commitments in 2011 compared to 2010.

 

Income from bank owned life insurance decreased 6% in 2011 compared to 2010 due primarily to declining market interest rates. The Company invests in bank owned life insurance products in order to better manage the cost of employee benefit plans. Investments totaled $81.1 million at December 31, 2011 and $78.5 million at December 31, 2010 and were well diversified by carrier in accordance with defined policies and practices. The average tax-equivalent yield on these insurance contract assets was 5.50% for 2011 compared to 6.05% for 2010.

 

Wealth management revenues increased compared to the prior year due to increases in both trust and investment management fees and fees on sales of investment products. During 2011, investment management fees in West Financial Services increased 7% to $5.4 million due to higher average assets under management as a result of market activity and new client additions. Trust services fees increased 25% to $6.5 million compared to the prior year due also to an increase in average assets under management, largely from new client additions. Total assets under management for West Financial Services, trust and investment services increased $157.7 million or 8% to $2.1 billion at December 31, 2011 compared to $1.9 billion at December 31, 2010.

 

Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings in 2011 declined compared to 2010 due largely to improved performance by the banks and thrifts whose debt backs one pooled trust preferred security which was solely responsible for all OTTI charges during 2011 and 2010. The Company recognized net securities gains of $0.3 million in 2011 compared to $0.8 million in 2010, exclusive of net OTTI losses mentioned above.

 

2010 vs. 2009

Total non-interest income was $43.8 million in 2010, a 1% increase from 2009. The primary reasons for the increase in non-interest income for 2010, as compared to 2009 were a 12% increase in wealth management revenues due to increased assets under management and a 14% increase in Visa check fees due to a higher volume of electronic transactions. These increases were somewhat offset by a 10% decrease in service charges on deposits due to lower commercial analysis fees and return check charges. The Company recognized securities gains of $0.8 million in 2010 compared to $0.4 million in 2009, exclusive of other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings.

 

29
 

 

Non-interest Expense

Non-interest expense amounts and trends are presented in the following table for the years indicated:

 

               2011/2010   2011/2010   2010/2009   2010/2009 
(Dollars in thousands)  2011   2010   2009   $ Change   % Change   $ Change   % Change 
Salaries and employee benefits  $59,625   $55,470   $54,460   $4,155    7.5%  $1,010    1.9%
Occupancy expense of premises   11,519    11,477    10,710    42    0.4    767    7.2 
Equipment expenses   4,705    4,808    5,691    (103)   (2.1)   (883)   (15.5)
Marketing   2,389    2,359    2,166    30    1.3    193    8.9 
Outside data services   4,159    3,992    3,721    167    4.2    271    7.3 
FDIC insurance   3,187    4,497    6,092    (1,310)   (29.1)   (1,595)   (26.2)
Amortization of intangible assets   1,845    1,959    3,646    (114)   (5.8)   (1,687)   (46.3)
Professional fees   4,942    5,586    4,863    (644)   (11.5)   723    14.9 
Other real estate owned   2,412    976    46    1,436    147.1    930    - 
Postage and delivery   1,257    1,328    1,373    (71)   (5.3)   (45)   (3.3)
Communications   1,433    1,433    1,270    -    -    163    12.8 
Other expenses   7,598    7,027    7,116    571    8.1    (89)   (1.3)
Total non-interest expense  $105,071   $100,912   $101,154   $4,159    4.1   $(242)   (0.2)

 

2011 vs. 2010

Non-interest expenses totaled $105.1 million in 2011 compared to $100.9 million in the prior year, an increase of 4%. This growth in expenses was due primarily to an increase in salaries and benefits expenses resulting from higher salary and incentive compensation expenses and other real estate owned expenses. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in FDIC expenses due primarily to a regulatory change in the calculation of such premiums that was effective with the second quarter of 2011.

 

Salaries and employee benefits, the largest component of non-interest expenses, increased in 2011 due primarily to higher compensation expenses as a result of specific targeted staff additions, merit increases and higher incentive compensation expenses related to organic growth in specific product offerings compared to the prior year. Average full-time equivalent employees remained relatively constant from 2010 to 2011.

 

Occupancy, equipment and marketing expenses all remained virtually level in 2011 compared to 2010, while outside data services expenses increased in 2011 due primarily to increased transaction volumes.

 

Amortization of intangible assets decreased due to intangibles that became fully amortized during the year. The Company’s intangible assets are being amortized over relatively short amortization periods averaging approximately three years at December 31, 2011.

 

FDIC insurance expense decreased in 2011 compared to 2010 due to a regulatory change in the calculation of such premiums that was effective with the second quarter of 2011.

 

Professional fees declined in the current year as the Company completed the staffing of its internal audit function which had previously been outsourced.

 

Other real estate owned expenses increased in 2011 compared to 2010 due to losses on sales of other real estate owned as the Company made a concerted effort to dispose of such nonperforming assets. Other non-interest expenses increased compared to 2010 due mainly to higher personnel recruiting expenses and increased state franchise taxes.

 

2010 vs. 2009

Non-interest expenses remained virtually level for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 2009. Salaries and benefits expenses increased in 2010 due primarily to higher salary expenses as a result of merit increases and severance payments. Average full-time equivalent employees remained relatively constant from 2009 to 2010. Occupancy expense increased in 2010 compared to the prior year due mainly to higher rent and maintenance expenses. Marketing expenses also increased in 2010 compared to 2009 due primarily to higher advertising expenses. Outside data services expenses increased in 2010 due to increased transaction volumes. Professional fees increased over 2009 due to higher legal fees from loan workouts. Other real estate owned expense increased due primarily to higher losses on sales of other real estate owned as the Company disposed of such nonperforming assets. Other non-interest expenses remained virtually level in 2010 compared to 2009.

 

The above increases were offset by decreases in equipment expenses due primarily to reductions in depreciation expense and servicing expenses on equipment and a decrease in FDIC insurance expense due to a one-time special assessment in 2009. Amortization of intangible assets decreased in 2010 compared to 2009 due to certain intangibles from branch acquisitions that had fully amortized as of September, 2009.

 

30
 

 

Operating Expense Performance

Management views the GAAP efficiency ratio as an important financial measure of expense performance and cost management. The ratio expresses the level of non-interest expenses as a percentage of total revenue (net interest income plus total non-interest income). Lower ratios indicate improved productivity.

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

The Company also uses a traditional efficiency ratio that is a non-GAAP financial measure of operating expense control and efficiency of operations. Management believes that its traditional ratio better focuses attention on the operating performance of the Company over time than does a GAAP ratio, and is highly useful in comparing period-to-period operating performance of the Company’s core business operations. It is used by management as part of its assessment of its performance in managing non-interest expenses. However, this measure is supplemental, and is not a substitute for an analysis of performance based on GAAP measures. The reader is cautioned that the non-GAAP efficiency ratio used by the Company may not be comparable to GAAP or non-GAAP efficiency ratios reported by other financial institutions.

 

In general, the efficiency ratio is non-interest expenses as a percentage of net interest income plus non-interest income. Non-interest expenses used in the calculation of the non-GAAP efficiency ratio exclude goodwill impairment losses, the amortization of intangibles, and non-recurring expenses. Income for the non-GAAP ratio includes the favorable effect of tax-exempt income, and excludes securities gains and losses, which vary widely from period to period without appreciably affecting operating expenses, and non-recurring gains. The measure is different from the GAAP efficiency ratio, which also is presented in this report. The GAAP measure is calculated using non-interest expense and income amounts as shown on the face of the Consolidated Statements of Income. The GAAP and non-GAAP efficiency ratios are reconciled and provided in the following table. Both efficiency ratios increased in 2011 as a result of increasing non-interest expenses and a decline in net interest income.

 

GAAP and Non-GAAP Efficiency Ratios

 

   Year ended December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands)  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007 
GAAP efficiency ratio:                         
Non-interest expenses  $105,071   $100,912   $101,154   $101,371   $99,622 
Net interest income plus non-interest income  $156,446   $159,389   $147,064   $153,984   $148,949 
                          
Efficiency ratio–GAAP   67.16%   63.31%   68.78%   65.83%   66.88%
                          
Non-GAAP efficiency ratio:                         
Non-interest expenses  $105,071   $100,912   $101,154   $101,371   $99,622 
Less non-GAAP adjustment:                         
Amortization of intangible assets   1,845    1,959    3,646    4,447    4,080 
Goodwill impairment loss   -    -    -    4,159    - 
Plus non-GAAP adjustment:                         
Pension prior service credit   -    -    -    1,473    - 
Non-interest expenses as adjusted  $103,226   $98,953   $97,508   $94,238   $95,542 
                          
Net interest income plus non-interest income  $156,446   $159,389   $147,064   $153,984   $148,949 
Plus non-GAAP adjustment:                         
Tax-equivalent income   5,602    4,836    4,839    4,544    5,506 
Less non-GAAP adjustments:                         
Securities gains   292    796    418    663    43 
OTTI recognized in earnings   (160)   (512)   -    -    - 
Net interest income plus non-interest income - as adjusted  $161,916   $163,941   $151,485   $157,865   $154,412 
                          
Efficiency ratio–Non-GAAP   63.75%   60.36%   64.37%   59.70%   61.87%

 

31
 

 

Income Taxes

The Company had income tax expense of $15.8 million in 2011, compared to expense of $9.0 million in 2010 and an income tax benefit of $16.0 million in 2009. The resulting effective rates were 32% for 2011, 28% for 2010 and 52% for 2009.The increase in the effective tax rate in 2011 was due primarily to a higher proportion of income before taxes in 2011 that was taxed at the full statutory rate compared to tax exempt income, together with an income tax benefit on a loss before income taxes in the first quarter of 2010. The change in the effective rate for 2010 compared to 2009 was due mainly to the change in the proportion of tax exempt income to total income before taxes caused by the Company’s return to profitability in 2010 and the loss incurred in 2009, primarily related to the provision for loan and lease losses, coupled with tax advantaged income from investment securities and bank owned life insurance policies.

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION

The Company's total assets were $3.7 billion at December 31, 2011, increasing $192 million or 5% compared to $3.5 billion at December 31, 2010. Interest-earning assets increased $212 million to $3.5 billion at December 31, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010. Asset growth, which was primarily due to growth in the loan and investment portfolios, was funded by increases in demand deposits and temporary short-term borrowings.

 

Loans and Leases

A comparison of loan portfolio for the years indicated is presented in the following table:

 

   December 31, 2011   December 31, 2010   2011/2010 Change 
(Dollars in thousands)  Amount   %   Amount   %   $ Change   % Change 
Residential real estate:                              
Residential mortgage  $448,662    20.0%  $436,534    20.3%  $12,128    2.8%
Residential construction   108,699    4.9    91,273    4.2    17,426    19.1 
Commercial real estate:                              
Commercial owner occupied real estate   522,076    23.3    503,286    23.4    18,790    3.7 
Commercial investor real estate   371,948    16.6    327,782    15.2    44,166    13.5 
Commercial acquisition, development and construction   160,946    7.2    151,061    7.0    9,885    6.5 
Commercial Business   260,327    11.6    250,255    11.6    10,072    4.0 
Leases   6,954    0.3    15,551    0.7    (8,597)   (55.3)
Consumer   360,080    16.1    380,490    17.6    (20,410)   (5.4)
Total loans and leases  $2,239,692    100.0%  $2,156,232    100.0%  $83,460    3.9 

 

Total loans and leases, excluding loans held for sale, increased 4% at December 31, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010. The residential real estate portfolio, which is comprised of residential construction and permanent residential mortgage loans, reflected a 6% increase to $557.4 million at December 31, 2011 from $527.8 million at December 31, 2010. Permanent residential mortgages, most of which are 1-4 family, increased $12.1 million to $448.7 million due to higher loan origination volumes of adjustable rate mortgage loans and the reclassification to this portfolio of $11 million of loans from the conventional second mortgage portfolio in early 2011. The Company generally retains such adjustable rate mortgages in its portfolio and sells the fixed rate mortgages that it originates in the secondary mortgage market. Residential construction loans increased $17.4 million to $108.7 million at December 31, 2011.

 

The commercial loan portfolio increased by $82.9 million to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2011 compared to the prior year end. Continued soft loan demand resulting from weak market conditions in both the national and regional economies have limited growth in commercial loan balances as pay-offs of performing credits outpaced new originations for much of the year, although substantial loan growth did occur during the fourth quarter of 2011. Activity in the commercial loan portfolio reflects the uneven recovery in the regional economy in which the Company operates. The increase in commercial loans compared to the prior year was due primarily to an increase of $44.2 million or 13% in commercial investor real estate loans while commercial owner occupied real estate loans reflected a more limited increase of $18.8 million or 4% for the year. In addition, commercial business loans increased $10.1 million or 4% for the twelve months while commercial ADC loans increased $9.9 million or 7% at December 31, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010.

 

The consumer loan portfolio decreased 5% or $20.4 million, to $360.1 million at December 31, 2011. This decline was driven largely by a decrease of $22.1 million or 43% in conventional second mortgage loans during the year resulting in a balance of $29.4 million at December 31, 2011 due largely to weak consumer demand and the reclassification of loans to the residential mortgage portfolio mentioned previously.

 

32
 

 

Analysis of Loans and Leases

The following table presents the trends in the composition of the loan and lease portfolio over the previous five years.

 

   December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands)  2011   %   2010   %   2009   %   2008   %   2007   % 
Residential real estate:                                                  
Residential mortgage  $448,662    20.0%  $436,534    20.2%  $457,414    19.9%  $457,571    18.4%  $456,305    20.0%
Residential construction   108,699    4.9    91,273    4.2    92,283    4.0    189,249    7.6    166,981    7.4 
Commercial real estate:                                                  
Commercial mortgage*   894,024    39.9    831,068    38.6    894,951    39.0    847,452    34.0    662,837    29.1 
Commercial AD&C*   160,946    7.2    151,061    7.0    131,789    5.7    223,169    9.0    262,840    11.5 
Commercial business   260,327    11.6    250,255    11.6    296,220    12.9    333,758    13.4    316,051    13.9 
Leases   6,954    0.3    15,551    0.7    25,704    1.1    33,220    1.3    35,722    1.6 
Consumer   360,080    16.1    380,490    17.7    399,649    17.4    406,227    16.3    376,295    16.5 
Total loans and leases  $2,239,692    100.0%  $2,156,232    100.0%  $2,298,010    100.0%  $2,490,646    100.0%  $2,277,031    100.0%

 

* Prior to 2010, the commercial mortgage category included loans on raw land or for projects that had not begun any construction activities. Subsequent to December 31, 2009, these loans were included in the commercial AD&C loan portfolio.

 

Loan Maturities and Interest Rate Sensitivity

Loan maturities and interest rate characteristics for specific lending portfolios is presented in the following table:

 

   At December 31, 2011 
   Remaining Maturities of Selected Credits in Years 
(In thousands)  1 or less   Over 1-5   Over 5   Total 
Residential construction loans  $86,787   $19,453   $2,459   $108,699 
Commercial AD&C loans   138,989    18,276    3,681    160,946 
Commercial business loans (1)   188,613    62,351    9,363    260,327 
Total  $414,389   $100,080   $15,503   $529,972 
                     
Rate Terms:                    
Fixed  $50,181   $61,079   $12,324   $123,584 
Variable or adjustable   364,208    39,001    3,179    406,388 
Total  $414,389   $100,080   $15,503   $529,972 

 

(1)  Loans not secured by real estate

 

Investment Securities

The investment portfolio, consisting of available-for-sale, held-to-maturity and other equity securities, increased 12% or $121.8 million to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2011, from $1.0 billion at December 31, 2010.

 

33
 

 

Composition of Investment Securities

The composition of investment securities for the periods indicated is presented in the following table:

 

   At December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands)  2011   %   2010   %   2009   % 
Available-for-Sale: (1)                              
U.S. government agencies and corporations  $200,252    17.2%  $306,705    29.4%  $355,597    34.7%
State and municipal   173,111    14.9    107,537    10.3    42,142    4.1 
Mortgage-backed (2)   570,144    48.9    486,961    46.7    453,998    44.3 
Corporate debt   1,978    0.2    -    -    -    - 
Trust preferred   5,716    0.5    5,980    0.6    6,346    0.6 
Marketable equity securities   100    -    100    -    350    - 
Total available-for-sale securities (3)   951,301    81.7    907,283    87.0    858,433    83.7 
                               
Held-to-Maturity and Other Equity                              
U.S. government agencies and corporations   54,983    4.7    -    -    -    - 
State and municipal   123,075    10.6    101,091    9.7    131,996    12.9 
Mortgage-backed (2)   407    -    499    -    597    0.2 
Other equity securities   34,933    3.0    34,070    3.3    32,773    3.2 
Total held-to-maturity and other equity securities   213,398    18.3    135,660    13.0    165,366    16.3 
Total securities (3)  $1,164,699    100.0%  $1,042,943    100.0%  $1,023,799    100.0%

 

(1)At estimated fair value.
(2)Issued by a U. S. Government Agency or secured by U.S. Government Agency collateral.
(3)The outstanding balance of no single issuer, except for U.S. Government Agency securities, exceeded ten percent of stockholders' equity at December 31, 2011, 2010 or 2009.

 

The investment portfolio consists primarily of U.S. Agency securities, U.S. Agency mortgage-backed securities, U.S. Agency collateralized mortgage obligations and state and municipal securities. The duration of the portfolio was 3.1 years at December 31, 2011 and 3.2 years at December 31, 2010. The Company considers the duration of the portfolio to be reasonable for liquidity purposes. This investment strategy has resulted in a portfolio with minimal risk that would provide the required liquidity should loan demand increase in the coming year. The portfolio is monitored on a continuing basis with consideration given to interest rate trends and the structure of the yield curve and with constant due diligence of economic projections and analysis.

 

At December 31, 2011, the trust preferred portfolio included one $3.0 million security backed by a single financial institution issuer. The fair value of this security was $3.2 million as determined using broker quotations. The Company also owns one pooled trust preferred security backed by debt issued by banks and thrifts, which totals $2.9 million, with a fair value of $2.5 million. The fair value of this security was determined by a third party valuation specialist due to the limited trading activity for this security in the marketplace. The specialist used an income valuation approach technique (present value technique) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs. The methodology, observable inputs and significant assumptions employed by the specialist to determine fair value are provided in Note 3 – Investment Securities in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

As a result of this valuation, it was determined that the pooled trust preferred security had incurred credit-related OTTI of $0.2 million, which was recognized in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2011. Cumulative credit-related OTTI of $0.4 million has been recognized in earnings through December 31, 2011. Non-credit related OTTI on this security, which is not expected to be sold and that the Company has the ability to hold until maturity, was $0.5 million at December 31, 2011. This non-credit related OTTI was recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) at December 31, 2011.

 

Maturities and weighted average yields for investment securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity at December 31, 2011 are presented in the following table. Amounts appear in the table at amortized cost, without market value adjustments, by stated maturity adjusted for estimated calls.

 

34
 

 

Maturity of Investment Securities

 

   Years to Maturity at December 31, 2011         
   Within   After One Year   After Five Years             
   One Year or Less   Through Five years   Through Ten Years   Over Ten Years         
(Dollars in thousands)  Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Total   Yield 
Available-for-Sale(1)                                                  
U. S. government agencies and corporations  $65,429    2.22%  $60,844    2.80%  $71,543    2.58%  $-    -%  $197,816    2.53%
State and municipal (2)   126    9.05    139    6.08    92,029    4.45    68,363    5.01    160,657    4.69 
Mortgage-backed   14    5.11    10    5.50    179,241    2.50    372,253    3.00    551,518    2.84 
Corporate debt   -    -    2,000    4.00    -    -    -    4.40    2,000    4.00 
Trust preferred   -    -    -         -    -    5,936    9.12    5,936    9.12 
Total  $65,569    2.24%  $62,993    2.84%  $342,813    3.04%  $446,552    3.39%  $917,927    3.14%
                                                   
Held-to-Maturity (1)                                                  
U. S. government agencies and corporations  $-    -%  $-    -%  $54,983    2.88%  $-    -%  $54,983    2.88%
State and municipal   18,860    7.54    6,937    5.88    43,426    5.78    53,852    5.19    123,075    5.80 
Mortgage-backed   -    -    -    -    19    5.89    388    5.74    407    5.75 
Total  $18,860    7.54%  $6,937    5.88%  $98,428    4.16%  $54,240    5.20%  $178,465    4.90%

 

(1) At cost, adjusted for amortization and accretion of purchase premiums and discounts, respectively.

(2) Yields on state and municipal securities have been calculated on a tax-equivalent bas is using the applicable federal income tax rate of 35%.

 

Other Earning Assets

Residential mortgage loans held for sale increased $2.6 million to $25.3 million as of December 31, 2011 from $22.7 million as of December 31, 2010. The aggregate of federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with banks increased $4.1 million to $22.5 million in 2011.

 

Deposits

The composition of deposits for the periods indicated is presented in the following table:

 

   December 31, 2011   December 31, 2010   2010/2011 Change 
(Dollars in thousands)  Amount   %   Amount   %   $ Change   % change 
Noninterest-bearing deposits  $650,377    24.5%  $566,812    22.2%  $83,565    14.7%
Interest-bearing deposits:                              
Demand   367,682    13.8    317,905    12.4    49,777    15.7 
Money market savings   858,732    32.3    861,420    33.8    (2,688)   (0.3)
Regular savings   195,408    7.4    172,771    6.8    22,637    13.1 
Time deposits of less than $100,000   316,058    11.9    351,071    13.8    (35,013)   (10.0)
Time deposits of $100,000 or more   268,263    10.1    279,893    11.0    (11,630)   (4.2)
Total interest-bearing deposits   2,006,143    75.5    1,983,060    77.8    23,083    1.2 
Total deposits  $2,656,520    100.0%  $2,549,872    100.0%  $106,648    4.2 

 

Deposits and Borrowings

Total deposits were $2.7 billion at December 31, 2011, increasing $106.6 million or 4% from $2.5 billion at December 31, 2010. This growth in deposits was driven primarily by a 15% increase in noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts and, to a lesser extent, a 13% increase in regular savings accounts. Money market accounts remained level compared to the prior year end. The activity in these deposit products can be attributed primarily to clients’ emphasis on safety and liquidity considering the current low interest rates and the volatility of alternative investments. Certificates of deposit decreased 7% compared to the prior year end as the Company managed its net interest margin. Total borrowings increased $47.0 million or 9% to $584.0 million at December 31, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010. This increase was due primarily to an increase of $70.0 million in short-term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta which were utilized to temporarily fund, at very low interest rates, an increase in loans late in the fourth quarter of 2011.

 

35
 

 

Capital Management

Management monitors historical and projected earnings, dividends and asset growth, as well as risks associated with the various types of on- and off-balance sheet assets and liabilities, in order to determine appropriate capital levels. During 2011, total stockholders' equity increased $38.5 million to $446.1 million at December 31, 2011, from $407.6 million at December 31, 2010. This increase was due primarily to net income during the period, together with an increase of $10.6 million in other comprehensive income resulting primarily from unrealized gains on available-for-sale investments. These increases were partially offset by the redemption in the first quarter of 2011 for $4.5 million of the warrant that was issued to the Treasury in connection with the Company’s participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program.

 

The ratio of average equity to average assets was 11.8% for 2011, as compared to 12.21% for 2010.

 

Bank holding companies and banks are required to maintain capital ratios in accordance with guidelines adopted by the federal bank regulators. These guidelines are commonly known as Risk-Based Capital guidelines. The actual regulatory ratios and required ratios for capital adequacy, in addition to the ratios required to be categorized as “well capitalized”, are summarized for the Company in the following table.

 

Risk-Based Capital Ratios

   Ratios at   Minimum 
   December 31,   Regulatory 
   2011   2010   Requirements 
Total Capital to risk-weighted assets   15.83%   15.37%   8.00%
                
Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets   14.57%   14.11%   4.00%
                
Tier 1 Leverage   10.84%   10.30%   3.00%

 

Tier 1 capital of $386.4 million and total qualifying capital of $419.8 million each included $35.0 million in trust preferred securities that are considered regulatory capital for purposes of determining the Company’s Tier 1 capital ratio. As of December 31, 2011, the most recent notification from the Bank’s primary regulator categorized the Bank as a "well-capitalized" institution under the prompt corrective action rules of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Designation as a well-capitalized institution under these regulations is not a recommendation or endorsement of the Company or the Bank by federal bank regulators.

 

Tangible Common Equity

Tangible equity and tangible assets and tangible book value per share are non-GAAP financial measures calculated using GAAP amounts. Tangible common equity and tangible assets exclude the balances of goodwill and other intangible assets from stockholder’s equity and total assets, respectively. Management believes that this non-GAAP financial measure provides information to investors that may useful in understanding our financial condition. Because not all companies use the same calculation of tangible equity and tangible assets, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures calculated by other companies. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP ratio of tangible equity to tangible assets and tangible book value per share are provided in the following table.

 

36
 

 

Tangible Common Equity Ratio – Non-GAAP

   December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007 
Tangible common equity ratio:                         
                          
Total stockholders' equity  $446,109   $407,569   $373,586   $391,862   $315,640 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (13,248)   2,620    2,652    7,572    1,055 
Goodwill   (76,816)   (76,816)   (76,816)   (76,248)   (76,585)
Other intangible assets, net   (4,734)   (6,578)   (8,537)   (12,183)   (16,630)
Preferred stock   -    -    (80,095)   (79,440)   - 
Tangible common equity  $351,311   $326,795   $210,790   $231,563   $223,480 
                          
Total assets  $3,711,370   $3,519,388   $3,630,478   $3,313,638   $3,043,953 
Goodwill   (76,816)   (76,816)   (76,816)   (76,248)   (76,585)
Other intangible assets, net   (4,734)   (6,578)   (8,537)   (12,183)   (16,630)
Tangible assets  $3,629,820   $3,435,994   $3,545,125   $3,225,207   $2,950,738 
                          
Tangible common equity ratio   9.68%   9.51%   5.95%   7.18%   7.57%
Tangible book value per share  $14.58   $13.59   $12.78   $14.12   $13.67 

 

Credit Risk

The fundamental lending business of the Company is based on understanding, measuring and controlling the credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio. The Company’s loan and lease portfolio is subject to varying degrees of credit risk. Credit risk entails both general risks, which are inherent in the process of lending, and risk specific to individual borrowers. The Company’s credit risk is mitigated through portfolio diversification, which limits exposure to any single customer, industry or collateral type. Typically, each consumer and residential lending product has a generally predictable level of credit losses based on historical loss experience. Home mortgage and home equity loans and lines generally have the lowest credit loss experience. Loans secured by personal property, such as auto loans, generally experience medium credit losses. Unsecured loan products, such as personal revolving credit, have the highest credit loss experience and for that reason, the Company has chosen not to engage in a significant amount of this type of lending. Credit risk in commercial lending can vary significantly, as losses as a percentage of outstanding loans can shift widely during economic cycles and are particularly sensitive to changing economic conditions. Generally, improving economic conditions result in improved operating results on the part of commercial customers, enhancing their ability to meet their particular debt service requirements. Improvements, if any, in operating cash flows can be offset by the impact of rising interest rates that may occur during improved economic times. Declining economic conditions have an adverse affect on the operating results of commercial customers, reducing their ability to meet debt service obligations.

 

Current economic data has shown that while the Mid-Atlantic region is outperforming most other markets in the nation, the Company is continuing to deal with the lingering impact of a very slowly recovering economy and its resulting effects on the Company’s borrowers, particularly in the real estate sector. Total non-performing loans decreased $8.9 million or 10% at December 31, 2011 compared to the balance at December 31, 2010. While the diversification of the lending portfolio among different commercial, residential and consumer product lines along with different market conditions of the D.C. suburbs, Northern Virginia and Baltimore metropolitan area has mitigated some of the risks in the portfolio, local economic conditions and levels of non-performing loans may continue to be influenced by the current slow and uneven economic recovery on both a regional and national level.

 

To control and manage credit risk, management has a credit process in place to reasonably ensure credit standards are maintained along with a robust in-house loan administration accompanied by strong oversight and review procedures. The primary purpose of loan underwriting is the evaluation of specific lending risks and involves the analysis of the borrower’s ability to service the debt as well as the assessment of the value of the underlying collateral. Oversight and review procedures include the monitoring of portfolio credit quality, early identification of potential problem credits and the aggressive management of problem credits. As part of the oversight and review process, the Company maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses (the “allowance”) to absorb estimated and probable losses in the loan and lease portfolio. The allowance is based on consistent, continuous review and evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio, along with ongoing, monthly assessments of the probable losses and problem credits in each portfolio.

 

37
 

 

The allowance represents an estimation of the losses that are inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The adequacy of the allowance is determined through careful and ongoing evaluation of the credit portfolio, and involves consideration of a number of factors, as outlined below, to establish an adequate allowance for loan losses. Determination of the allowance is inherently subjective and requires significant estimates, including estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans and leases based on historical loss experience and consideration of current economic trends, which may be susceptible to significant change. Loans and leases deemed uncollectible are charged against the allowance, while recoveries are credited to the allowance. Management adjusts the level of the allowance through the provision for loan and lease losses, which is recorded as a current period operating expense.

 

The methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance includes: (1) a general allowance that reflects historical losses, as adjusted, by credit category, and (2) a specific allowance for impaired credits on an individual or portfolio basis. This methodology is further described in the section entitled “Critical Accounting Policies” and in “Note 1 – Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The amount of the allowance is reviewed monthly and approved quarterly by the Credit and Investment Risk Committee of the board of directors.

 

The Company recognizes a collateral dependent lending relationship as non-performing when either the loan becomes 90 days delinquent or as a result of factors (such as bankruptcy, interruption of cash flows, etc.) considered at the monthly credit committee meeting. When a commercial loan is placed on non-accrual status, it is considered to be impaired and all accrued but unpaid interest is reversed. However, not all impaired loans are in non-accrual status because they may be current with regard to the payment terms. Classification as an impaired loan is based on a determination that the Company may not collect all principal and interest payments according to contractual terms. Impaired loans exclude large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment such as leases, residential real estate and consumer loans. Typically, all payments received on non-accrual loans are applied to the remaining principal balance of the loans. Integral to the assessment of the allowance process is an evaluation that is performed to determine whether a specific allowance on an impaired loan is warranted and, when losses are confirmed, a charge-off is taken to reduce the loan to its net realizable value. Any further collateral deterioration results in either further specific allowances being established or additional charge-offs. At such time an action plan is agreed upon for the particular loan and an appraisal will be ordered depending on the time elapsed since the prior appraisal, the loan balance and/or the result of the internal evaluation. A current appraisal on large loans is usually obtained if the appraisal on file is more than 12 months old and there has been a material change in market conditions, zoning, physical use or the adequacy of the collateral based on an internal evaluation. The Company’s policy is to strictly adhere to regulatory appraisal standards. If an appraisal is ordered, no more than a 30 day turnaround is requested from the appraiser, who is selected by Credit Administration from an approved appraiser list. After receipt of the updated appraisal, the assigned credit officer will recommend to the Chief Credit Officer whether a specific allowance or a charge-off should be taken. The Chief Credit Officer has the authority to approve a specific allowance or charge-off between monthly credit committee meetings to insure that there are no significant time lapses during this process.

 

The Company’s methodology for evaluating whether a loan is impaired begins with risk-rating credits on an individual basis and includes consideration of the borrower’s overall financial condition, payment record and available cash resources that may include the sufficiency of collateral value and, in a select few cases, verifiable support from financial guarantors. In measuring impairment, the Company looks primarily to the discounted cash flows of the project itself or to the value of the collateral as the primary sources of repayment of the loan. The Company may consider the existence of guarantees and the financial strength and wherewithal of the guarantors involved in any loan relationship. Guarantees may be considered as a source of repayment based on the guarantor’s financial condition and respective payment capacity. Accordingly, absent a verifiable payment capacity, a guarantee alone would not be sufficient to avoid classifying the loan as impaired.

 

Management has established a credit process that dictates that structured procedures be performed to monitor these loans between the receipt of an original appraisal and the updated appraisal. These procedures include the following:

 

·An internal evaluation is updated quarterly to include borrower financial statements and/or cash flow projections.

 

·The borrower may be contacted for a meeting to discuss an updated or revised action plan which may include a request for additional collateral.

 

·Re-verification of the documentation supporting the Company’s position with respect to the collateral securing the loan.

 

·At the monthly credit committee meeting the loan may be downgraded and a specific allowance may be decided upon in advance of the receipt of the appraisal.

 

·Upon receipt of the updated appraisal (or based on an updated internal financial evaluation) the loan balance is compared to the appraisal and a specific allowance is decided upon for the particular loan, typically for the amount of the difference between the appraisal and the loan balance.

 

·The Company will specifically reserve for or charge-off the excess of the loan amount over the amount of the appraisal. In certain cases the Company may establish a larger reserve due to knowledge of current market conditions or the existence of an offer for the collateral that will facilitate a more timely resolution of the loan.

 

38
 

 

If an updated appraisal is received subsequent to the preliminary determination of a specific allowance or partial charge-off, and it is less than the initial appraisal used in the initial charge-off, an additional specific allowance or charge-off is taken on the related credit.

Partially charged-off loans are not written back up based on updated appraisals and always remain on non-accrual with any and all subsequent payments applied to the remaining balance of the loan as principal reductions. No interest income is recognized on loans that have been partially charged-off.

 

Loans that have their terms restructured (e.g., interest rates, loan maturity date, payment and amortization period, etc.) in circumstances that provide payment relief or other concessions, to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty are considered trouble debt restructured loans (TDR’s). All restructurings that constitute concessions to a troubled borrower are considered impaired loans and may either be in accruing status or non-accruing status. Non-accruing restructured loans may return to accruing status provided there is a sufficient period of payment performance in accordance with the restructure terms. Loans may be removed from the restructured category in the year subsequent to the restructuring if their revised loans terms are considered to be consistent with terms that can be obtained in the credit market for loans with comparable risk.

 

The Company may extend the maturity of a performing or current loan that may have some inherent weakness associated with the loan. However, the Company generally follows a policy of not extending maturities on non-performing loans under existing terms. Maturity date extensions only occur under revised terms that clearly place the Company in a position to increase or assure full collection of the loan under the contractual terms and /or terms at the time of the extension that may eliminate or mitigate the inherent weakness in the loan. These terms may incorporate, but are not limited to additional assignment of collateral, significant balance curtailments/liquidations and assignments of additional project cash flows. Guarantees may be a consideration in the extension of loan maturities. As a general matter, the Company does not view extension of a loan to be a satisfactory approach to resolving non-performing credits.  On an exception basis, certain performing loans that have displayed some inherent weakness in the underlying collateral values, an inability to comply with certain loan covenants which are not affecting the performance of the credit or other identified weakness may be extended.

 

Collateral values or estimates of discounted cash flows (inclusive of any potential cash flow from guarantees) are evaluated to estimate the probability and severity of potential losses. Impairment is established based on the Company’s calculation of the probable loss inherent in the individual loan. The actual occurrence and severity of losses involving impaired credits can differ substantially from estimates.

 

Management believes that the allowance is adequate. However, its determination requires significant judgment, and estimates of probable losses in the loan and lease portfolio can vary significantly from the amounts actually observed. While management uses available information to recognize probable losses, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in the credits comprising the portfolio and changes in the financial condition of borrowers, such as may result from changes in economic conditions. In addition, federal and state regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, and independent consultants engaged by the Bank, periodically review the loan and lease portfolio and the allowance. Such reviews may result in adjustments to the allowance based upon their analysis of the information available at the time of each examination.

 

The Company makes provisions for loan and lease losses in amounts necessary to maintain the allowance at an appropriate level, as established by use of the allowance methodology discussed above. The provision for loan and lease losses declined in both 2011 and 2010 compared to 2009. This was due primarily to a consistently declining level of historical net charge-offs and delinquencies which is a principal component in the application of the Company’s allowance methodology.

 

Substantially all of the fixed-rate conforming residential mortgage loans originated by the Company are sold in the secondary mortgage market. Concurrent with such sales, the Company is required to make customary representations and warranties to the purchasers about the mortgage loans and the manner in which they were originated. The related sale agreements grant the purchasers recourse back to the Company, which could require the Company to repurchase loans or to share in any losses incurred by the purchasers. This recourse exposure typically extends for a period of six to eighteen months after the sale of the loan. Such transactions could be due to a number of causes including borrower fraud or early payment default. The Company has seen a very limited number of repurchase and indemnity demands from purchasers for such events and routinely monitors its exposure in this regard. The Company maintains a liability of $0.3 million for possible losses due to repurchases. Given its lack of history as to losses of this type, the Company believes that this reserve is adequate.

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The following table presents a five-year history for the allocation of the allowance for loan and leases losses. The allowance is allocated in the following table to various loan and lease categories based on the methodology used to estimate loan losses; however, the allocation does not restrict the usage of the allowance for any specific loan or lease category.

 

39
 

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

   December 31, 
(In thousands)  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007 
Residential real estate:                         
Residential mortgage  $10,583   $10,396   $8,871   $4,330   $3,807 
Residential construction   4,206    2,760    2,559    2,747    1,639 
Total residential real estate   14,789    13,156    11,430    7,077    5,446 
Commercial real estate:                         
Commercial mortgage   15,578    12,970    10,978    19,527    7,854 
Commercial construction   6,663    18,241    21,144    13,046    4,092 
Total commercial real estate   22,241    31,211    32,122    32,573    11,946 
Commercial Business   6,727    12,870    16,907    7,174    5,317 
Leases   796    667    770    908    525 
Consumer   4,876    4,231    3,330    2,794    1,858 
Total allowance  $49,429   $62,135   $64,559   $50,526   $25,092 

 

During 2011, there were no changes in the Company’s systematic methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for loan and lease losses from the prior year. Variations can occur over time in the methodology’s estimation of the adequacy of the allowance as a result of the credit performance of borrowers. There was no unallocated allowance at December 31, 2011 or December 31, 2010, when measured against the total allowance.

 

At December 31, 2011, total non-performing loans and leases were $79.1 million, or 3.53% of total loans and leases, compared to $88.1 million, or 4.08% of total loans and leases, at December 31, 2010. Timely recognition and aggressive management of problem credits has resulted in the significant reduction of the migration of these loans into non-accrual status during this period. The lower amount of problem credits relative to the total credit portfolio combined with the reduction in the allowance results in a decline in the ratio of the allowance to problem credits. The allowance represented 62% of non-performing loans and leases at December 31, 2011 and 71% at December 31, 2010. This decrease in the coverage ratio is due primarily to the impact that the reduction in non-performing loans and leases has on the calculation of the allowance. A combination of principal paydowns and the impact of a decline in charge-offs while the migration of new credits to non-performing status has significantly declined has resulted in a lower amount of required reserves which results in a lower coverage ratio. Continued analysis of the actual loss history on the problem credits in 2010 and 2011 provided an indication that the coverage of the inherent losses on the problem credits was adequate. The Company continues to monitor the impact of the economic conditions on our commercial customers, the reduced inflow of non-accruals, lower inflow in criticized loans and the significant decline in early stage delinquencies. The improvement in these credit metrics support management’s outlook for continued improved credit quality performance.

 

The balance of impaired loans was $67.6 million, with specific allowances of $7.8 million against those loans at December 31, 2011, as compared to $69.6 million with allowances of $3.8 million, at December 31, 2010.

 

The Company's borrowers are concentrated in six counties in Maryland, three counties in Virginia and in Washington D.C. Commercial and residential mortgages, including home equity loans and lines, represented 75% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2011 as compared to 77% at December 31, 2010. Certain loan terms may create concentrations of credit risk and increase the Company’s exposure to loss. These include terms that permit the deferral of principal payments or payments that are smaller than normal interest accruals (negative amortization); loans with high loan-to-value ratios; loans, such as option adjustable-rate mortgages, that may expose the borrower to future increases in repayments that are in excess of increases that would result solely from increases in market interest rates; and interest-only loans. The Company does not make loans that provide for negative amortization or option adjustable-rate mortgages.

 

40
 

 

 

Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience

The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses for the periods indicated:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands)  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007 
Balance, January 1  $62,135  $64,559   $50,526   $25,092   $19,492 
Provision for loan and lease losses   1,428    25,908    76,762    33,192    4,094 
Allowance acquired from acquisitions   -    -    -    -    2,798 
Loan charge-offs:                         
Residential real estate   (6,993)   (6,401)   (4,847)   (4,798)   - 
Commercial loans and leases   (6,772)   (22,723)   (57,098)   (2,677)   (1,103)
Consumer   (2,740)   (3,492)   (1,575)   (988)   (341)
Total charge-offs   (16,505)   (32,616)   (63,520)   (8,463)   (1,444)
Loan recoveries:                         
Residential real estate   226    34    41    21    12 
Commercial loans and leases   1,933    4,028    640    475    110 
Consumer   209    222    110    209    30 
Total recoveries   2,368    4,284    791    705    152 
Net charge-offs   (14,137)   (28,332)   (62,729)   (7,758)   (1,292)
Balance, period end  $49,426  $62,135   $64,559   $50,526   $25,092 
                          
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases   0.66%   1.27%   2.61%   0.32%   0.06%
Allowance to total loans and leases   2.21%   2.88%   2.81%   2.03%   1.10%

 

41
 

 

Analysis of Credit Risk

The following table presents information with respect to non-performing assets and 90-day delinquencies for the years indicated:

 

   At December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands)  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007 
Non-accrual loans and leases                         
Residential real estate  $11,441   $9,251   $9,520   $11,679   $599 
Commercial loans and leases   58,453    53,776    100,894    55,890    22,368 
Consumer   1,786    300    766    381    73 
Total non-accrual loans and leases (1)   71,680    63,327    111,180    67,950    23,040 
                          
Loans and leases 90 days past due                         
Residential real estate   410    13,546    14,887    471    3,992 
Commercial loans and leases   2    426    3,321    567    7,236 
Consumer   165    182    793    -    134 
Total 90 days past due loans and leases   577    14,154    19,001    1,038    11,362 
                          
Restructured loans and leases (accruing)   6,881    10,571    3,549    395    - 
Total non-performing loans and leases (2)   79,138    88,052    133,730    69,383    34,402 
Other real estate owned, net   4,431    9,493    7,464    2,860    461 
Other assets owned   -    200    -    -    - 
Total non-performing assets  $83,569   $97,745   $141,194   $72,243   $34,863 
                          
Non-performing loans to total loans and leases   3.53%   4.08%   5.82%   2.79%   1.51%
Non-performing assets to total assets   2.25%   2.78%   3.89%   2.18%   1.15%
Allowance for loan and leases to non-performing loans and leases   62.46%   70.57%   48.28%   72.82%   72.94%

 

(1)Gross interest income that would have been recorded in 2011 if non-accrual loans and leases shown above had been current and in accordance with their original terms was $5.0 million. No interest was recorded on these loans during the year. Please see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the Company’s policy for placing loans on non-accrual status.
(2)Performing loans considered potential problem loans, as defined and identified by management, amounted to $52.6 million at December 31, 2011. Although these are loans where known information about the borrowers' possible credit problems causes management to have concerns as to the borrowers' ability to comply with the loan repayment terms, most are current as to payment terms, well collateralized and are not believed to present significant risk of loss. Loans classified for regulatory purposes not included in either non-performing or potential problem loans consist only of "other loans especially mentioned" and do not, in management's opinion, represent or result from trends or uncertainties reasonably expected to materially impact future operating results, liquidity or capital resources, or represent material credits where known information about the borrowers' possible credit problems causes management to have doubts as to the borrowers' ability to comply with the loan repayment terms.

 

Market Risk Management

The Company's net income is largely dependent on its net interest income. Net interest income is susceptible to interest rate risk to the extent that interest-bearing liabilities mature or re-price on a different basis than interest-earning assets. When interest-bearing liabilities mature or re-price more quickly than interest-earning assets in a given period, a significant increase in market rates of interest could adversely affect net interest income. Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or re-price more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could result in a decrease in net interest income. Net interest income is also affected by changes in the portion of interest-earning assets that are funded by interest-bearing liabilities rather than by other sources of funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and stockholders' equity.

 

The Company’s interest rate risk management goals are (1) to increase net interest income at a growth rate consistent with the growth rate of total assets, and (2) to minimize fluctuations in net interest margin as a percentage of interest-earning assets. Management attempts to achieve these goals by balancing, within policy limits, the volume of floating-rate liabilities with a similar volume of floating-rate assets; by keeping the average maturity of fixed-rate asset and liability contracts reasonably matched; by maintaining a pool of administered core deposits; and by adjusting pricing rates to market conditions on a continuing basis.

 

42
 

 

The Company’s board of directors has established a comprehensive interest rate risk management policy, which is administered by management’s ALCO. The policy establishes limits on risk, which are quantitative measures of the percentage change in net interest income (a measure of net interest income at risk) and the fair value of equity capital (a measure of economic value of equity or “EVE” at risk) resulting from a hypothetical change in U.S. Treasury interest rates for maturities from one day to thirty years. The Company measures the potential adverse impacts that changing interest rates may have on its short-term earnings, long-term value, and liquidity by employing simulation analysis through the use of computer modeling. The simulation model captures optionality factors such as call features and interest rate caps and floors imbedded in investment and loan portfolio contracts. As with any method of gauging interest rate risk, there are certain shortcomings inherent in the interest rate modeling methodology used by the Company. When interest rates change, actual movements in different categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, loan prepayments, and withdrawals of time and other deposits, may deviate significantly from assumptions used in the model. Finally, the methodology does not measure or reflect the impact that higher rates may have on adjustable-rate loan customers’ ability to service their debts, or the impact of rate changes on demand for loan, lease, and deposit products.

 

The Company prepares a current base case and eight alternative simulations at least once a quarter and reports the analysis to the board of directors. In addition, more frequent forecasts are produced when interest rates are particularly uncertain or when other business conditions so dictate.

 

The statement of condition is subject to quarterly testing for eight alternative interest rate shock possibilities to indicate the inherent interest rate risk. Average interest rates are shocked by +/- 100, 200, 300, and 400 basis points (“bp”), although the Company may elect not to use particular scenarios that it determines are impractical in a current rate environment. It is management’s goal to structure the balance sheet so that net interest earnings at risk over a twelve-month period and the economic value of equity at risk do not exceed policy guidelines at the various interest rate shock levels.

 

The Company augments its quarterly interest rate shock analysis with alternative external interest rate scenarios on a monthly basis. These alternative interest rate scenarios may include non-parallel rate ramps and non-parallel yield curve twists. If a measure of risk produced by the alternative simulations of the entire balance sheet violates policy guidelines, ALCO is required to develop a plan to restore the measure of risk to a level that complies with policy limits within two quarters.

 

Measures of net interest income at risk produced by simulation analysis are indicators of an institution’s short-term performance in alternative rate environments. These measures are typically based upon a relatively brief period, usually one year. They do not necessarily indicate the long-term prospects or economic value of the institution.

 

Estimated Changes in Net Interest Income  
Change in Interest Rates:  + 400 bp   + 300 bp   + 200 bp   + 100 bp   - 100 bp   - 200 bp   -300 bp   -400 bp 
Policy Limit   23.50%   17.50%   15.00%   10.00%   10.00%   15.00%   17.50%   23.50%
December 31, 2011   (4.09)%   (1.66)%   (0.06)%   0.11%   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A 
December 31, 2010   (3.64)%   (1.28)%   (0.15)%   (0.06)%   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A 

 

As shown above, measures of net interest income at risk increased moderately from December 31, 2010 at the +400bp and +300bp rate shock levels and decreased slightly at the +200bp and +100bp levels. All measures remained well within prescribed policy limits.

 

The risk position increased moderately in the upper shock scenarios. The major contributor to the increased risk was the loan portfolio. Longer durations in the loan portfolio limit the potential increase to net interest income in a rising rate environment due to the fact fewer dollars are available to reprice as rates increase during the time horizon involved.

 

The measures of equity value at risk indicate the ongoing economic value of the Company by considering the effects of changes in interest rates on all of the Company’s cash flows, and by discounting the cash flows to estimate the present value of assets and liabilities. The difference between these discounted values of the assets and liabilities is the economic value of equity, which, in theory, approximates the fair value of the Company’s net assets.

 

Estimated Changes in Economic Value of Equity (EVE)  
Change in Interest Rates:  + 400 bp   + 300 bp   + 200 bp   + 100 bp   - 100 bp   - 200 bp   -300 bp   -400 bp 
Policy Limit   35.00%   25.00%   20.00%   10.00%   10.00%   20.00%   25.00%   35.00%
December 31, 2011   (7.25)%   (5.16)%   (1.26)%   0.99%   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A 
December 31, 2010   (12.49)%   (9.78)%   (5.69)%   (2.68)%   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A 

 

Measures of the economic value of equity (“EVE”) at risk decreased compared to year-end 2010 in all rising interest rate shock levels due primarily to longer durations in deposits and borrowings. The Company is retaining more low cost core deposits for longer lengths of time and as rates rise, the Company thus experiences a benefit in such market values.

 

43
 

 

Liquidity Management

Liquidity is measured by a financial institution's ability to raise funds through loan and lease repayments, maturing investments, deposit growth, borrowed funds, capital and the sale of highly marketable assets such as investment securities and residential mortgage loans. The Company's liquidity position, considering both internal and external sources available, exceeded anticipated short-term and long-term needs at December 31, 2011. Management considers core deposits, defined to include all deposits other than time deposits of $100 thousand or more, to be a relatively stable funding source. Core deposits equaled 69% of total interest-earning assets at December 31, 2011. In addition, loan and lease payments, maturities, calls and pay downs of securities, deposit growth and earnings contribute a flow of funds available to meet liquidity requirements. In assessing liquidity, management considers operating requirements, the seasonality of deposit flows, investment, loan and deposit maturities and calls, expected funding of loans and deposit withdrawals, and the market values of available-for-sale investments, so that sufficient funds are available on short notice to meet obligations as they arise and to ensure that the Company is able to pursue new business opportunities.

 

Liquidity is measured using an approach designed to take into account, in addition to factors already discussed above, the Company’s growth and mortgage banking activities. Also considered are changes in the liquidity of the investment portfolio due to fluctuations in interest rates. Under this approach, implemented by the Funds Management Subcommittee of ALCO under formal policy guidelines, the Company’s liquidity position is measured weekly, looking forward at thirty day intervals from thirty (30) to three hundred sixty (360) days. The measurement is based upon the projection of funds sold or purchased position, along with ratios and trends developed to measure dependence on purchased funds and core growth. Resulting projections as of December 31, 2011, show short-term investments exceeding short-term borrowings by $33.8 million over the subsequent 360 days. This projected excess of liquidity versus requirements provides the Company with flexibility in how it funds loans and other earning assets.

 

The Company also has external sources of funds, which can be drawn upon when required. The main sources of external liquidity are available lines of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta and the Federal Reserve. The line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta totaled $1.1 billion, of which $498.3 million was available for borrowing based on pledged collateral, with $485.4 million borrowed against it as of December 31, 2011. The line of credit at the Federal Reserve totaled $295.2 million, all of which was available for borrowing based on pledged collateral, with no borrowings against it as of December 31, 2011. Other external sources of liquidity available to the Company in the form of unsecured lines of credit granted by correspondent banks totaled $55.0 million at December 31, 2011, against which there were no outstanding borrowings. In addition, the Company had a secured line of credit with a correspondent bank of $20.0 million as of December 31, 2011. Based upon its liquidity analysis, including external sources of liquidity available, management believes the liquidity position was appropriate at December 31, 2011.

 

The parent company (“Bancorp”) is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. In addition to its operating expenses, Bancorp is responsible for paying any dividends declared to its common shareholders and interest and principal on outstanding debt. Bancorp’s primary source of income is dividends received from the Bank. The amount of dividends that the Bank may declare and pay to Bancorp in any calendar year, without the receipt of prior approval from the Federal Reserve, cannot exceed net income for that year to date plus retained net income (as defined) for the preceding two calendar years. Based on this requirement, as of December 31, 2011, the Bank could have declared a dividend of $26.2 million to Bancorp. At December 31, 2011, Bancorp had liquid assets of $8.3 million.

 

The Company has various contractual obligations that affect its cash flows and liquidity. For information regarding material contractual obligations, please see “Market Risk Management” above, “Contractual Obligations” below, and “Note 6-Premises and Equipment,” “Note 9-Borrowings,” “Note 13-Pension, Profit Sharing and Other Employee Benefit Plans,” “Note 19-Financial Instruments with Off-balance Sheet Risk and Derivatives,” and “Note 21-Fair Value” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

With the exception of the Company’s obligations in connection with its trust preferred securities, irrevocable letters of credit, and loan commitments, the Company has no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources, that is material to investors. The trust preferred securities were issued by Sandy Spring Capital Trust II (the “Trust”), a subsidiary of the Company created for the purpose of issuing the trust preferred securities and purchasing the Company’s junior subordinated debentures, which are its sole assets. These junior subordinated debentures bear a maturity date of October 7, 2034, which may be shortened, subject to conditions, to a date no earlier than October 7, 2009. The Company owns all of the Trust’s outstanding common securities. The Company and the Trust believe that, taken together, the Company’s obligations under the junior subordinated debentures, the Indenture, the Trust Agreement, and the Guarantee entered into in connection with the issuance of the trust preferred securities and the debentures, in the aggregate constitute a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of the Trust’s obligations. For additional information on off-balance sheet arrangements, please see “Note 19-Financial Instruments with Off-balance Sheet Risk and Derivatives” and “Note 9-Borrowings” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, and “Capital Management” and “Securities”.

 

44
 

 

Contractual Obligations

 

   Projected Maturity Date or Payment Period (1) 
       Less than           After 
(In thousands)  Total   1 year   1-3 Years   3-5 Years   5 Years 
Retail repurchase agreements  $63,613   $63,613   $-   $-   $- 
FHLB overnight funds   80,000    80,000    -    -    - 
Advances from FHLB   405,408    350    58    160,000    245,000 
Certificates of deposit   584,321    401,612    148,717    33,992    - 
Operating lease obligations(2)   21,376    5,022    7,983    3,599    4,772 
Purchase obligations   6,662    2,368    4,294    -    - 
Total  $1,161,380   $552,965   $161,052   $197,591   $249,772 

 

(1)The Company enters into contractual obligations in the normal course of business. Among these obligations are FHLB advances, operating leases related to branch and administrative facilities, a long-term contract with a data processing provider and purchase contracts related to construction of new branch offices. Payments required under these obligations, are set forth in the table below as of December 31, 2011. Assumed a seven year term for purposes of this table.
(2)Represents payments required under contract, based on average monthly charges for 2011 and assuming a growth rate of 3%, with the Company’s current data processing service provider that expires in September 2014.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Part III, Item 7 of this report.

 

45
 

 

PART II

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)). As required by SEC rules, the Company’s management evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. The Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer participated in the evaluation, which was based upon the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting included in the “Internal Control-Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.

 

The attestation report by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Grant Thornton LLP, on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting begins on the following pages.

 

46
 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.

 

We have audited Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. (a Maryland Corporation) and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control–Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control–Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of condition of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income/ (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our report dated March 15, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion.

  

  

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 15, 2012

 

47
 

  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. (a Maryland corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income/(loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes, examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control–Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 15, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion.

  

  

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 15, 2012

 

48
 

 

Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

 

   December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands)  2011   2010 
Assets          
Cash and due from banks  $49,832   $44,696 
Federal funds sold   1,006    1,813 
Interest-bearing deposits with banks   21,476    16,608 
Cash and cash equivalents   72,314    63,117 
Residential mortgage loans held for sale (at fair value)   25,341    22,717 
Investments available-for-sale (at fair value)   951,301    907,283 
Investments held-to-maturity — fair value of $184,167 and $104,124 at December 31, 2011and December 31, 2010, respectively   178,465    101,590 
Other equity securities   34,933    34,070 
Total loans and leases   2,239,692    2,156,232 
Less: allowance for loan and lease losses   (49,426)   (62,135)
Net loans and leases   2,190,266    2,094,097 
Premises and equipment, net   48,483    49,004 
Other real estate owned   4,431    9,493 
Accrued interest receivable   12,898    12,570 
Goodwill   76,816    76,816 
Other intangible assets, net   4,734    6,578 
Other assets   111,388    142,053 
Total assets  $3,711,370   $3,519,388 
           
Liabilities          
Noninterest-bearing deposits  $650,377   $566,812 
Interest-bearing deposits   2,006,143    1,983,060 
Total deposits   2,656,520    2,549,872 
Securities sold under retail repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased   143,613    96,243 
Advances from FHLB   405,408    405,758 
Subordinated debentures   35,000    35,000 
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities   24,720    24,946 
Total liabilities   3,265,261    3,111,819 
           
Stockholders' Equity          
Common stock — par value $1.00; shares authorized 50,000,000; shares issued and outstanding 24,091,042 and 24,046,627 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively   24,091    24,047 
Warrants   -    3,699 
Additional paid in capital   177,828    177,344 
Retained earnings   230,942    205,099 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   13,248    (2,620)
Total stockholders' equity   446,109    407,569 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity  $3,711,370   $3,519,388 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements

 

49
 

 

Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of IncomE/(LOSS)

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  2011   2010   2009 
Interest Income:               
Interest and fees on loans and leases  $107,355   $115,789   $126,899 
Interest on loans held for sale   577    534    767 
Interest on deposits with banks   77    177    149 
Interest and dividends on investment securities:               
Taxable   22,096    24,624    19,945 
Exempt from federal income taxes   9,363    7,222    7,467 
Interest on federal funds sold   2    3    3 
Total interest income   139,470    148,349    155,230 
Interest Expense:               
Interest on deposits   11,002    16,934    34,921 
Interest on retail repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased   212    269    308 
Interest on advances from FHLB   14,397    14,599    14,708 
Interest on subordinated debt   913    940    1,585 
Total interest expense   26,524    32,742    51,522 
Net interest income   112,946    115,607    103,708 
Provision for loan and lease losses   1,428    25,908    76,762 
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses   111,518    89,699    26,946 
Non-interest Income:               
Investment securities gains   292    796    418 
Total other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") losses   (178)   (1,505)   - 
Portion of OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income, before taxes   18    993    - 
Net OTTI recognized in earnings   (160)   (512)   - 
Service charges on deposit accounts   9,527    10,326    11,433 
Mortgage banking activities   3,228    3,664    3,473 
Fees on sales of investment products   3,703    3,438    2,823 
Trust and investment management fees   11,943    10,287    9,421 
Insurance agency commissions   4,650    5,229    5,236 
Income from bank owned life insurance   2,636    2,800    2,906 
Visa check fees   3,637    3,325    2,920 
Other income   4,044    4,429    4,726 
Total non-interest income   43,500    43,782    43,356 
Non-interest Expenses:               
Salaries and employee benefits   59,625    55,470    54,460 
Occupancy expense of premises   11,519    11,477    10,710 
Equipment expenses   4,705    4,808    5,691 
Marketing   2,389    2,359    2,166 
Outside data services   4,159    3,992    3,721 
FDIC insurance   3,187    4,497    6,092 
Amortization of intangible assets   1,845    1,959    3,646 
Other expenses   17,642    16,350    14,668 
Total non-interest expenses   105,071    100,912    101,154 
Income (loss) before income taxes   49,947    32,569    (30,852)
Income tax expense (benefit)   15,845    9,049    (15,997)
Net income (loss)  $34,102   $23,520   $(14,855)
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion   -    6,149    4,810 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders  $34,102   $17,371   $(19,665)
                
Net Income (Loss) Per Share Amounts:               
Basic net income (loss) per share  $1.42   $1.05   $(0.90)
Basic net income (loss) per common share   1.42    0.78    (1.20)
Diluted net income (loss) per share  $1.41   $1.05   $(0.90)
Diluted net income (loss) per common share   1.41    0.78    (1.20)
Dividends declared per common share  $0.34   $0.04   $0.37 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements

 

50
 

 

Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands)  2011   2010   2009 
Operating activities:               
Net income (loss)  $34,102   $23,520   $(14,855)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:               
Depreciation and amortization   7,488    7,686    9,827 
Net OTTI recognized in earnings   160    512    - 
Provision for loan and lease losses   1,428    25,908    76,762 
Share based compensation expense   1,207    904    762 
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)   6,678    (480)   (7,237)
Origination of loans held for sale   (229,631)   (244,707)   (339,553)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale   230,232    237,787    341,798 
Gains on sales of loans held for sale   (3,225)   (3,251)   (3,253)
Loss on sales of other real estate owned   2,078    902    46 
Investment securities gains   (292)   (796)   (418)
Loss (gains) on sales of premises and equipment   120    (92)   - 
Net (increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable   (328)   1,083    (1,843)
Net (increase) decrease in other assets   (691)   5,763    (30,914)
Net increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities   12,491    (3,040)   (9,688)
Other – net   5,893    4,948    5,457 
Net cash provided by operating activities   67,710    56,647    26,891 
Investing activities:               
Purchases of other equity securities   (2,910)   (1,297)   (3,627)
Purchases of investments held-to-maturity   (161,102)   -    - 
Purchases of investments available-for-sale   (370,657)   (725,641)   (911,277)
Proceeds from redemption of FHLB stock   2,048    -    - 
Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal payments of investments held-to-maturity   84,409    31,240    39,184 
Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal payments of investments available-for-sale   347,864    548,583    347,856 
Proceeds from sales of investments available-for-sale   -    123,526    - 
Net (increase) decrease in loans and leases   (103,994)   103,110    124,290 
Contingent consideration payout   -    -    (2,308)
Proceeds from the sales of other real estate owned   8,801    7,405    967 
Expenditures for premises and equipment   (4,003)   (3,645)   (3,110)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities   (199,544)   83,281    (408,025)
Financing activities:               
Net increase (decrease) in deposits   106,648    (146,970)   331,585 
Net increase in retail repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased   47,370    7,181    13,956 
Repayment of advances from FHLB   (350)   (5,826)   (968)
Redemption of stock warrant   (4,449)   -    - 
Redemption of preferred stock   -    (83,094)   - 
Repurchase of common stock   (334)   -    - 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock   314    96,464    521 
Tax benefits associated with shared based compensation   91    201    26 
Common stock issued pursuant to West Financial Services acquisition   -    -    628 
Dividends paid   (8,259)   (4,563)   (10,047)
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities   141,031    (136,607)   335,701 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   9,197    3,321    (45,433)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period   63,117    59,796    105,229 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period  $72,314   $63,117   $59,796 
                
Supplemental Disclosures:               
Interest payments  $20,334   $33,183   $52,416 
Income tax payments   9,704    2,181    3,920 
Transfers from loans to other real estate owned   6,398    10,336    5,617 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements

 

51
 

 

Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of changes in stockholders’ equity

 

                       Accumulated     
               Additional       Other   Total 
   Preferred   Common       Paid-In   Retained   Comprehensive   Stockholders’ 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  Stock   Stock   Warrants   Capital   Earnings   Loss   Equity 
Balances at December 31, 2008  $79,440   $16,399   $3,699   $85,486   $214,410   $(7,572)  $391,862 
Comprehensive Income:                                   
Net income (loss)   -    -    -    -    (14,855)   -    (14,855)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:                                   
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of reclassification adjustment   -    -    -    -    -    3,384    3,384 
Change in funded status of defined benefit pension   -    -    -    -    -    1,536    1,536 
Total Comprehensive Income                                 (9,935)
Common stock dividends- $0.37 per share   -    -    -    -    (6,123)   -    (6,123)
Preferred stock dividends - $50.00 per share   -    -    -    -    (4,155)   -    (4,155)
Stock compensation expense   -    -    -    762    -    -    762 
Discount accretion   655    -    -    -    (655)   -    - 
Common stock issued pursuant to:                                   
Contingent consideration relating to 2005 acquisition of West Financial – 31,663 shares   -    32    -    596    -    -    628 
Employee stock purchase plan – 40,598 shares   -    41    -    429    -    -    470 
Director stock purchase plan – 2,988 shares   -    3    -    37    -    -    40 
Restricted stock – 11,574 shares   -    11    -    (6)   -    -    5 
DRIP plan – 2,560 shares   -    2    -    30    -    -    32 
Balances at December 31, 2009   80,095    16,488    3,699    87,334    188,622    (2,652)   373,586 
Comprehensive Income:                                   
Net income   -    -    -    -    23,520    -    23,520 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:                                   
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of reclassification adjustment   -    -    -    -    -    (81)   (81)
Change in funded status of defined benefit pension   -    -    -    -    -    113    113 
Total Comprehensive Income                                 23,552 
Redemption of preferred stock – 83,094 shares   (83,094)   -    -    -    -    -    (83,094)
Common stock dividends - $0.04 per share   -    -    -    -    (893)   -    (893)
Preferred stock dividends - $50.00 per share   -    -    -    -    (3,151)   -    (3,151)
Stock compensation expense   -    -    -    904    -    -    904 
Discount accretion   2,999    -    -    -    (2,999)   -    - 
Common stock issued pursuant to:                                   
Common stock issuance – 7,475,000 shares   -    7,475    -    88,159    -    -    95,634 
Stock option plan – 30,498 shares   -    31    -    434    -    -    465 
Employee stock purchase plan – 33,826 shares   -    34    -    386    -    -    420 
Restricted stock – 15,477 shares   -    15    -    72    -    -    87 
Director stock purchase plan – 3,709 shares   -    4    -    51    -    -    55 
DRIP plan – 265 shares   -    -    -    4    -    -    4 
Balances at December 31, 2010   -    24,047    3,699    177,344    205,099    (2,620)   407,569 
Comprehensive Income:                                   
Net income   -    -    -    -    34,102    -    34,102 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:                                   
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of reclassification adjustment   -    -    -    -    -    16,242    16,242 
Change in funded status of defined benefit pension   -    -    -    -    -    (374)   (374)
Total Comprehensive Income                                 49,970 
Common stock dividends - $0.34 per share   -    -    -    -    (8,259)   -    (8,259)
Stock compensation expense   -    -    -    1,207    -    -    1,207 
Stock warrant redemption   -    -    (3,699)   (750)   -    -    (4,449)
Common stock issued pursuant to:                                   
Stock option plan – 2,037 shares   -    2    -    23    -    -    25 
Employee stock purchase plan – 33,284 shares   -    33    -    467    -    -    500 
Director stock purchase plan – 1,833 shares   -    2    -    30    -    -    32 
Restricted stock – 30,853 shares   -    31    -    (183)   -    -    (152)
Purchase of treasury shares – 23,592 shares   -    (24)   -    (310)   -    -    (334)
Balances at December 31, 2011  $-   $24,091   $-   $177,828   $230,942   $13,248   $446,109 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements

 

52
 

 

Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1 – Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

Sandy Spring Bancorp (the “Company”), a Maryland corporation, is the bank holding company for Sandy Spring Bank (the “Bank”), which conducts a full-service commercial banking, mortgage banking and trust business. Services to individuals and businesses include accepting deposits, extending real estate, consumer and commercial loans and lines of credit, equipment leasing, general insurance, personal trust, and investment and wealth management services. The Company operates in the six Maryland counties of Anne Arundel, Carroll, Frederick, Howard, Montgomery, and Prince George's, and in Fairfax and Loudoun counties in Virginia. The Company offers investment and wealth management services through the Bank’s subsidiary, West Financial Services. Insurance products are available to clients through Chesapeake Insurance Group, and Neff & Associates, which are agencies of Sandy Spring Insurance Corporation.

 

Basis of Presentation

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and prevailing practices within the financial services industry for financial information. The following summary of significant accounting policies of the Company is presented to assist the reader in understanding the financial and other data presented in this report. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation. The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date of the issuance of its financial statements.

 

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Sandy Spring Bank and its subsidiaries, Sandy Spring Insurance Corporation and West Financial Services, Inc. Consolidation has resulted in the elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions.

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and affect the reported amounts of revenues earned and expenses incurred during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates that could change significantly relate to the provision for loan and lease losses and the related allowance, determination of impaired loans and the related measurement of impairment, potential impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, valuation of investment securities and the determination of whether impaired securities are other-than-temporarily impaired, valuation of other real estate owned, prepayment rates, valuation of share-based compensation, the assessment that a liability should be recognized with respect to any matters under litigation, the calculation of current and deferred income taxes and the actuarial projections related to pension expense and the related liability.

 

Assets Under Management

Assets held for others under fiduciary and agency relationships are not assets of the Company or its subsidiaries and are not included in the accompanying balance sheets. Trust department income and investment management fees are presented on an accrual basis.

 

Cash Flows

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with banks (items with an original maturity of three months or less).

 

Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

The Company engages in sales of residential mortgage loans originated by the Bank. Loans held for sale are carried at fair value. Fair value is derived from secondary market quotations for similar instruments. The Company measures residential mortgage loans at fair value when the Company first recognizes the loan (i.e. the fair value option), as permitted by current accounting standards. Changes in fair value of these loans are recorded in earnings as a component of mortgage banking activities in non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income/(Loss). The Company's current practice is to sell such loans on a servicing released basis.

 

Investments Held-to-Maturity

Investments held-to-maturity represents securities which the Company has the ability and positive intent to hold until maturity. These securities are recorded at cost at the time of acquisition. The carrying values of investments held-to-maturity are adjusted for premium amortization and discount accretion to the maturity date on the effective interest method. Related interest and dividends are included in interest income. Declines in the fair value of individual held-to-maturity investments below their cost that are other-than-temporary result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value. Factors that may affect the determination of whether other-than-temporary impairment has occurred include a downgrading of the security below investment grade by the rating agency or due to potential default, a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer, or that management would not have the ability to hold a security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

 

53
 

 

Investments Available-for-Sale

Marketable equity securities and debt securities not classified as held-to-maturity or trading are classified as securities available-for-sale. Securities available-for-sale are acquired as part of the Company's asset/liability management strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, loan demand, changes in prepayment risk or other factors. Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains or losses based on the difference between amortized cost and fair value, reported net of deferred tax, as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of stockholders' equity. The carrying values of securities available-for-sale are adjusted for premium amortization and discount accretion to the maturity date on the effective interest method. Realized gains and losses on security sales or maturities, using the specific identification method, are included as a separate component of non-interest income. Related interest and dividends are included in interest income. Declines in the fair value of individual available-for-sale securities below their cost that are other-than-temporary (“OTTI”) result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value. Factors affecting the determination of whether other-than-temporary impairment has occurred include a downgrading of the security below investment grade by a rating agency or due to potential default, a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer, or a change in management’s intent and ability to hold a security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

 

Other Equity Securities

Other equity securities represent Federal Reserve stock, Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta stock and Atlantic Central Banker’s Bank stocks and are considered restricted as to marketability and recorded at cost. These securities are carried at cost and evaluated for impairment each reporting period.

 

Loans and Lease Financing Receivables

The Company’s financing receivables consist of loans and leases that are stated at their principal balance outstanding net of any unearned income and deferred fees and costs. Interest income on loans is accrued at the contractual rate based on the principal outstanding. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method. Lease financing receivables, all of which are direct financing leases, include aggregate payments, net of related unearned income. Leasing income is recognized on a basis that achieves a constant periodic rate of return on the outstanding lease financing balances over the lease terms.

 

Loans are considered past due or delinquent when the principal or interest due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement or any portion thereof remains unpaid after the due date of the scheduled payment. Immaterial shortfalls in payment amounts do not necessarily result in a loan being considered delinquent or past due. If any payments are past due and subsequent payments are resumed without payment of the delinquent amount, the loan shall continue to be considered past due. Whenever any loan is reported delinquent on a principal or interest payment or portion thereof, the amount reported as delinquent is the outstanding principal balance of the loan.

 

Loans and leases, except for consumer loans, are placed into non-accrual status when any portion of the loan principal or interest becomes 90 days past due. Management may determine that certain circumstances warrant earlier discontinuance of interest accruals on specific loans if an evaluation of other relevant factors (such as bankruptcy, interruption of cash flows, etc.) indicates collection of amounts contractually due is unlikely. These loans are considered, collectively, to be non-performing loans. Consumer installment loans that are not secured by real estate are not placed on non-accrual, but are charged down to their net realizable value when they are four months past due. Loans designated as non-accrual will have all previously accrued but unpaid interest reversed. Interest on non-accrual loans is accounted for on the cash-basis for loans that are well secured and in the process of collection or using the cost-recovery method with all payments applied to reduce the outstanding principal until the loan returns to accrual status. Loans may be returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured

 

Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are not individually evaluated for impairment and include lease financing receivables, residential permanent and construction mortgages and consumer installment loans. All other loans are considered non-homogeneous and are evaluated for impairment if they are placed in non-accrual status. Loans are determined to be impaired when, based on available information it is probable that the Company may not collect all principal and interest payments according to contractual terms. Factors considered in determining whether a loan is impaired include:

·the financial condition of the borrower;
·reliability and sources of the cash flows;
·absorption or vacancy rates; and
·deterioration of the related collateral.

 

54
 

 

The impairment of a loan is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's original effective interest rate, or as permitted, we may elect to measure impairment based on a loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell. The majority of the Company’s impaired loans are considered to be collateral dependent and impairment is measured by determining the fair value of the collateral using third party appraisals conducted at least annually that are reviewed by management for propriety and reasonableness. Third party appraisals may be obtained on a more frequent basis if deemed necessary. Internal evaluations of collateral value are conducted quarterly to ensure any further deterioration of the collateral value is recognized on a timely basis. The Company may receive updated appraisals which contradict the preliminary determination of fair value used to establish a specific allowance on a loan. In these instances the specific allowance is adjusted to reflect the Company’s evaluation of the appraised fair value. In the event a loss was previously confirmed and the loan was charged down to the estimated fair value based on a previous appraisal, the balance of partially charged-off loans are not subsequently increased but could be further decreased depending on the direction of the change in fair value. Payments on fully or partially charged-off loans are accounted for under the cost-recovery method. Under this method, all payments are applied on a cash basis to reduce the entire outstanding principal, then to recognize a recovery of all previously charged-off amounts before interest income may be recognized. Based on the impairment evaluation, if the Company determines an estimatable loss exists, a specific allowance will be established for that loan. Once a loss has been confirmed, the loan is charged-down to its estimated net realizable value. Interest income on impaired loans is recognized using the same method as non-accrual loans, with the exception of loans that are considered troubled debt restructurings.

 

Loans considered to be troubled debt restructuring (“TDRs”) are loans that have their terms restructured (e.g., interest rates, loan maturity date, payment and amortization period, etc.) in circumstances that provide payment relief to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. All restructured loans are considered impaired loans and may either be in accruing status or non-accruing status. Non-accruing restructured loans may return to accruing status provided doubt has been removed concerning the collectability of principal and interest as evidenced by a sufficient period of payment performance in accordance with the restructured terms. Loans may be removed from the restructured category in the year subsequent to the restructuring if their revised loan terms are considered to be consistent with terms that can be obtained in the credit market for loans with comparable risk and they meet certain performance criteria.

 

Management uses relevant information available to make the determination on whether loans are impaired in accordance with GAAP. However, the determination of whether loans are impaired and the measurement of the impairment requires significant judgment, and estimates of losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio can vary significantly from the amounts actually observed.

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses (“allowance”) represents an amount which, in management's judgment, is adequate to absorb the estimate of losses that may be sustained on outstanding loans and leases at the balance sheet date based on the evaluation of the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. The allowance is reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries of previous losses, and is increased or decreased by the provision or credit for loan and lease losses, which is recorded as a current period operating expense. The allowance is based on the basic principle that a loss be accrued when it is probable that the loss has occurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

 

Integral to the assessment of the allowance process is an evaluation that is performed to determine whether a specific allowance on an impaired credit is warranted. For the particular loan that may have potential impairment, an appraisal will be ordered depending on the time elapsed since the prior appraisal, the loan balance and/or the result of the internal evaluation. The Company typically relies on current (12 months old or less) third party appraisals of the collateral to assist in measuring impairment. In the cases in which the Company does not rely on a third party appraisal, an internal evaluation is prepared by an approved credit officer. A current appraisal on large loans is usually obtained if the appraisal on file is more than 12 months old and there has been a material change in market conditions, zoning, physical use or the adequacy of the collateral based on an internal evaluation. The Company’s policy is to strictly adhere to regulatory appraisal standards. If an appraisal is ordered, no more than a 30 day turnaround is requested from the appraiser, who is selected by Credit Administration from an approved appraiser list. After receipt of the updated appraisal, the assigned credit officer will recommend to the Chief Credit Officer whether a specific allowance or a charge-off should be taken. When losses are confirmed, a charge-off is taken that is at least in the amount of the collateral deficiency as determined by the independent third party appraisal. Any further collateral deterioration results in either further specific reserves being established or additional charge-offs. The Chief Credit Officer has the authority to approve a specific allowance or charge-off between monthly credit committee meetings to ensure that there are no significant time lapses during this process.

 

The Company’s methodology for estimating the allowance includes a general component reflecting historical losses, as adjusted, by loan portfolio segment, and a specific component for impaired loans. There were no changes in the Company’s allowance policies or methodology from the prior year.

 

Determination of the adequacy of the allowance is inherently complex and requires the use of significant and highly subjective estimates. The reasonableness of the allowance is reviewed monthly by the Credit and Investment Risk Committee of the board of directors and formally approved quarterly by that same committee of the board.

 

The general component is based upon historical loss experience by each portfolio segment measured, over the prior eight quarters, weighted so that losses realized in the most recent quarters have the greatest effect. The historical loss experience is supplemented to address various risk characteristics of the Company’s loan portfolio including:

·trends in delinquencies and other non-performing loans;
·changes in the risk profile related to large loans in the portfolio;

 

55
 

 

·changes in the categories of loans comprising the loan portfolio;
·concentrations of loans to specific industry segments;
·changes in economic conditions on both a local and national level;
·changes in the Company’s credit administration and loan portfolio management processes; and
·the quality of the Company’s credit risk identification processes.

 

The general component is calculated in two parts based on an internal risk classification of loans within each portfolio segment. Reserves on loans considered to be “classified” under regulatory guidance are calculated separately from loans considered to be “pass” rated under the same guidance. This segregation allows the Company to monitor the allowance component applicable to higher risk loans separate from the remainder of the portfolio in order to better manage risk and reasonably determine the sufficiency of reserves.

 

The portion of the allowance representing specific allowances is established on individually impaired loans. As a practical expedient, for collateral dependent loans, the Company measures impairment based on the net realizable value of the underlying collateral. For loans on which the Company has not elected to use a practical expedient to measure impairment, the Company will measure impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. In determining the cash flows to be included in the discount calculation the Company considers the following factors that combine to estimate the probability and severity of potential losses:

·the borrower’s overall financial condition;
·resources and payment record;
·demonstrated or documented support available from financial guarantors; and
·the adequacy of collateral value and the ultimate realization of that value at liquidation.

 

Management believes it uses relevant information available to make determinations about the allowance and that it has established the existing allowance in accordance with GAAP. However, the determination of the allowance requires significant judgment, and estimates of probable losses in the loan and lease portfolio can vary significantly from the amounts actually observed. While management uses available information to recognize inherent losses, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in the loans and leases comprising the portfolio and changes in the financial condition of borrowers, such as may result from changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, and independent consultants engaged by the Company, periodically review the loan and lease portfolio and the allowance. Such review may result in additional provisions based on management’s judgments of information available at the time of each examination.

 

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, computed using the straight-line method. Premises and equipment are depreciated over the useful lives of the assets, which generally range from 3 to 10 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment, 3 to 5 years for computer software and hardware, and 10 to 40 years for buildings and building improvements. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. The costs of major renewals and betterments are capitalized, while the costs of ordinary maintenance and repairs are included in non-interest expense.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. Impairment testing requires that the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units be compared to the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s net assets, including goodwill. The Company’s reporting units were identified based upon an analysis of each of its individual operating segments. If the fair values of the reporting units exceed their book values, no write-down of recorded goodwill is required. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than book value, an expense may be required to write-down the related goodwill to the proper carrying value. The Company tests for impairment of goodwill as of October 1 of each year using September 30 data , and again at any quarter-end if any triggering events occur during a quarter that may affect goodwill. Examples of such events include, but are not limited to, adverse action by a regulator or a loss of key personnel. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires the Company to use a degree of subjectivity.

 

Recently amended accounting guidance that provides the Company with the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Based on the assessment of these qualitative factors, if it is determined that the fair value of a reporting unit is not less than the carrying value, then performing the two-step impairment process, previously required, is unnecessary. However, if it is determined that the carrying value exceeds the fair value the first step, described above, of the two step process must be performed. This guidance is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The Company has elected early adoption of this guidance in performing its annual impairment testing as of October 1, 2011 with respect to its community banking and investment management reporting units. With respect to its insurance reporting unit, the Company elected to engage a third-party valuation firm to determine the fair value of this reporting unit to utilize in the “step one” test for potential goodwill impairment. The company and the valuation firm determined that a combination of the income approach and the market approach were most appropriate in valuing the fair value of this unit and determined that the “step two test” for impairment was not necessary. At December 31, 2011 there was no evidence of impairment of goodwill or intangibles in any of the Company’s reporting units.

 

56
 

 

Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that a lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset, or liability. Other intangible assets have finite lives and are reviewed for impairment annually. These assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis over varying periods that initially did not exceed 15 years.

 

Any impairment is realized through a reduction of goodwill or the intangible and an offsetting charge to non-interest expense.

 

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)

OREO is comprised of properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of problem loans. The properties are recorded at fair value less estimated costs of disposal, on the date acquired. Gains or losses arising at the time of acquisition of such properties are charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. During the holding period OREO continues to be measured at fair value less estimated costs of disposal, and any subsequent declines in value are expensed as incurred. Gains and losses realized from the sale of OREO, as well as valuation adjustments, are included in non-interest expense. Expenses of operation are included in non-interest expense.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative Loan Commitments

Mortgage loan commitments are referred to as derivative loan commitments if the loan that will result from exercise of the commitment will be held for sale upon funding. Loan commitments that are derivatives are recognized at fair value on the consolidated statements of condition in other assets or other liabilities with changes in their fair values recorded as a component of mortgage banking activities in the consolidated income statement.

 

The Company records a zero value for the loan commitment at the time the commitment is issued to a borrower. Subsequent to inception, changes in the fair value of the loan commitment are recognized based on changes in the fair value of the underlying mortgage loan due to interest rate changes, changes in the probability the derivative loan commitment will be exercised, and the passage of time. In estimating fair value, the Company assigns a probability to a loan commitment based on an expectation that it will be exercised and the loan will be funded.

 

Forward Loan Sale Commitments

The Company evaluates all loan sales agreements to determine whether they meet the definition of a derivative as facts and circumstances may differ significantly. If agreements qualify, to protect against the price risk inherent in derivative loan commitments, the Company utilizes both “mandatory delivery” and “best efforts” forward loan sale commitments to mitigate the risk of potential decreases in the values of loans that would result from the exercise of the derivative loan commitments. Mandatory delivery contracts are accounted for as derivative instruments. Generally, the Company’s best efforts contracts also meet the definition of derivative instruments after the loan to the borrower has closed. Accordingly, forward loan sale commitments that economically hedge the closed loan inventory are recognized at fair value on the consolidated statements of condition in other assets or other liabilities with changes in their fair values recorded as a component of mortgage banking activities in the consolidated income statement. The Company estimates the fair value of its forward loan sales commitments using a methodology similar to that used for derivative loan commitments.

 

Interest Rate Swap Agreements

The Company enters into interest rate swaps (“swaps”) with loan customers to provide a facility to mitigate the fluctuations in the variable rate on the respective loans. These swaps are matched in exact offsetting terms to swaps that the Company enters into with an outside third party. The swaps are reported at fair value in other assets or other liabilities. The Company's swaps qualify as derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments, thus any net gain or loss resulting from changes in the fair value is recognized in other non-interest income. Further discussion of the Company's financial derivatives is set forth Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Credit Risk

The Company issues financial or standby letters of credit that represent conditional commitments to fund transactions by the Company, typically to guarantee performance of a customer to a third party related to borrowing arrangements. The credit risk associated with issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as occurs when extending loan facilities to borrowers. The Company monitors the exposure to the letters of credit as part of its credit review process. Extensions of letters of credit, if any, would become part of the loan balance outstanding and would be evaluated in accordance with the Company’s credit policies. Potential exposure to loss for unfunded letters of credit if deemed necessary would be recorded in other liabilities.

 

57
 

 

The Company originates and sells whole loans to investors in the ordinary course of business to variety of investors. Mortgage loans sold are subject to representations and warranties regarding certain attributes made to the third party purchasers. Subsequent to the sale, if a material underwriting deficiency or documentation defect is determined, the Company may be obligated to repurchase the mortgage loan or reimburse the investor for losses incurred if the deficiency or defect cannot be rectified within a specific period that follows discovery. These representations and warranties typically exist for approximately 12 to 24 months following origination. The Company monitors the activity regarding the requirement to repurchase loans and the losses incurred. This information is applied to determine a recourse reserve that is recorded in other liabilities.

 

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparing the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the cost or the fair value, less costs to sell.

 

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right or from providing more than a trivial benefit to the transferor) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through any agreement to repurchase or redeem them before their maturity or likely cause a holder to return those assets whether through unilateral ability or a price so favorable to the transferee that it is probable that the transferee will require the transferor to repurchase them. Cash flows from the assets are allocated to the participating interest holders in proportion to their ownership shares. Financial assets obtained or liabilities incurred in a sale are recognized and initially measured at fair value.

 

Insurance Commissions and Fees

Commission revenue is recognized on the date the customer is billed. The Company also receives contingent commissions from insurance companies as additional incentive for achieving specified premium volume goals and/or the loss experience of the insurance placed by the Company. Contingent commissions from insurance companies are recognized when determinable, which is generally when such commissions are received.

 

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in non-interest expenses.

 

Net Income (Loss) per Common Share

Basic net income (loss) per common share is derived by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, and does not include the impact of any potentially dilutive common stock equivalents. The diluted net income (loss) per common share is derived by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, adjusted, if applicable, for the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. Dilutive shares are determined using the treasury stock method. Dilutive common stock equivalents are excluded from the computation of dilutive net income (loss) per common share if the result would be anti-dilutive.

 

Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) is based on the results of operations, adjusted for permanent differences between items of income or expense reported in the financial statements and those reported for tax purposes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability method. Under the liability method, deferred income taxes are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured at the enacted tax rates that will be in effect when these differences reverse.

 

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties on income taxes in other non-interest expenses. The Company remains subject to examination for income tax returns for the years ending after December 31, 2006.

 

Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2010, guidance was issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) regarding disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. For disclosures about activity during a reporting period, those disclosures are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The purpose of the guidance is to enhance disclosures required on financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses. The disclosures provide enhanced information on the credit quality of a creditor’s financing receivables and the adequacy of its allowance for credit losses. This information is required to be presented on a disaggregated basis and includes the aging of the receivables, the nature and extent of any troubled debt restructurings and the effect on the allowance for credit losses. This guidance also requires disclosures of any significant purchases or sales of receivables. The application of this guidance did not have any material impact on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company, but increased the Company’s disclosures related to the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for loan and lease losses.

 

58
 

 

In April 2011, the FASB issued a standard that provides creditors guidance when analyzing modifications to the terms of receivables to determine if it meets criteria to be considered a troubled debt restructuring (TDR), both for purposes of recording impairment and disclosure of troubled debt restructurings. The new guidance also increases the qualitative and quantitative disclosures related to TDRs. This guidance may cause prior-period restructurings to be considered a TDR subsequent to the effective date of this guidance, in addition to producing significant changes to creditors’ evaluation methods and their disclosures of TDRs. The guidance is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011. The application of this guidance did not identify any new TDR’s and therefore had no impact on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

 

The FASB issued guidance in September 2011 that provides for the optional application of a qualitative assessment to the goodwill impairment test. The guidance provides entities with the option to qualitatively determine whether they can bypass the two-step goodwill impairment test under current guidance. Under this guidance, if an entity chooses to perform a qualitative assessment and determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less that its carrying amount, it would have to perform a Step 1 goodwill impairment test and, if necessary, proceed to the Step 2 process. If the fair value exceeds the carrying amount of goodwill, no further evaluation would be necessary. The decision to conduct a qualitative assessment must be made at the reporting unit level. Entities with multiple reporting units may utilize a mix of qualitative and quantitative tests for the various reporting units. The guidance is effective for interim and annual goodwill impairment testing performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The Company has elected to adopt this guidance early in the fourth quarter of 2011. This guidance did not have any impact on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

 

Pending Accounting Pronouncements

The FASB issued a standard in April 2011 that removed from the assessment of effective control the criterion relating to the transferor’s ability to repurchase or redeem financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, as the criterion is not a determining factor of effective control. This guidance is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011. This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

 

In May 2011, the FASB issued guidance on fair value that applies to all entities that measure assets, liabilities or instruments classified in stockholders’ equity at fair value or provide fair value disclosures for items not recorded at fair value. The guidance clarifies how a principal market is determined, addresses the fair value measurement of instruments with offsetting market or counterparty credit risk and the concept of valuation premise and highest and best use, extends the prohibition of blockage factors to all three levels of the fair value hierarchy, and requires additional disclosures. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Differences in fair value measurement resulting from the application of the guidance will be recognized in income in the period of adoption as a change in estimate. Disclosure requirements will be recognized prospectively. Changes in valuation techniques and related inputs as a result of the application of the guidance in addition to an estimate of the total effect of the changes, if practicable, will be disclosed in the period of adoption. The application of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

 

In June 2011, the FASB issued a standard that requires comprehensive income to be reported in either a single statement or two consecutive statements reporting net income and other comprehensive income. The guidance does not alter the items that are reported in other comprehensive income or require reclassification of items from other comprehensive income to net income. This guidance should be applied retrospectively and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. This guidance will not have any impact on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company as it will only affect the presentation of the information in the financial statements.

 

Note 2 – Cash and Due from Banks

Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Act requires that banks maintain reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank based principally on the type and amount of their deposits. At its option, the Company maintains additional balances to compensate for clearing and safekeeping services. The average balance maintained in 2011 was $31.8 million and in 2010 was $71.0 million.

 

59
 

 

Note 3 – Investments

Investments available-for-sale

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investments available-for-sale at December 31 are presented in the following table:

 

   2011   2010 
       Gross   Gross   Estimated       Gross   Gross   Estimated 
   Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair   Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair 
(In thousands)  Cost   Gains   Losses   Value   Cost   Gains   Losses   Value 
U.S. government agencies  $197,816   $2,436   $-   $200,252   $305,643   $3,949   $(2,887)  $306,705 
State and municipal   160,657    12,456    (2)   173,111    111,583    182    (4,228)   107,537 
Mortgage-backed   551,518    18,639    (13)   570,144    476,914    10,998    (951)   486,961 
Corporate debt   2,000    -    (22)   1,978    -    -    -    - 
Trust preferred   5,936    260    (480)   5,716    6,783    190    (993)   5,980 
Total debt securities   917,927    33,791    (517)   951,201    900,923    15,319    (9,059)   907,183 
Marketable equity securities   100    -    -    100    100    -    -    100 
Total investments available-for-sale  $918,027   $33,791   $(517)  $951,301   $901,023   $15,319   $(9,059)  $907,283 

 

Any unrealized losses in the U.S. government agencies, state and municipal, mortgage-backed or corporate debt investment securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are the result of changes in interest rates and are not considered credit related. These declines are considered temporary in nature and will decline over time and recover as these securities approach maturity.

 

The mortgage-backed portfolio at December 31, 2010 is composed entirely of either the most senior tranches of GNMA collateralized mortgage obligations ($200.5 million), or GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities ($286.5 million). The Company does not intend to sell these securities and has sufficient liquidity to hold these securities for an adequate period of time, which may be maturity, to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

 

At December 31, 2011, the trust preferred portfolio consisted of one security backed by a single financial institution issuer and one pooled trust preferred security. The fair value of the single issue security was $3.2 million as determined using broker quotations. The pooled trust preferred security is backed by debt issued by banks and thrifts, which totals $2.9 million, with a fair value of $2.5 million. The fair value of this security was determined by a third party valuation specialist due to the limited trading activity for this security in the marketplace.

 

The specialist used an income valuation approach technique (present value technique) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs. The methodology and significant assumptions employed by the specialist to determine fair value included:

·Evaluation of the structural terms as established in the indenture;
·Detailed credit and structural evaluation for each piece of issuer collateral in the pool;
·Default, recovery and prepayment/amortization probabilities by issuers in the pool;
·Identification of adverse conditions specifically related to the security, industry and geographical area;
·Projection of estimated cash flows that incorporate default expectations and loss severities;
·Review of historical and implied volatility of the fair value of the security;
·Evaluation of credit risk concentrations;
·Evaluation of the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost; and
·A discount rate of 12.0% was established using credit adjusted financial institution spreads for comparably rated institutions and a liquidity adjustment that considered the previously noted characteristics.

 

As a result of this evaluation, it was determined that the pooled trust preferred security did incur credit-related OTTI of $160 thousand which was recognized in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2011. Non-credit related OTTI on this security, which is not expected to be sold and that the Company has the ability to hold until maturity, was $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This non-credit related OTTI was recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) at December 31, 2011.

 

The methodology and significant inputs used to measure the amount related to credit loss consisted of the following:

 

·Default rates were developed based on the financial condition of the trust preferred issuers in the pool and the payment or deferral status. Conditional default rates were estimated based on the payment characteristics of the security and the financial condition of the issuers in the pool. Near term and future defaults are estimated using third party industry data in addition to a review of key financial ratios and other pertinent data on the financial stability of the underlying issuer;
·Loss severity is forecasted based on the type of impairment using research performed by third parties;

 

60
 

 

 

·The security only contains one level of subordination below the senior tranche, with the senior tranche receiving the spread from the subordinate bonds. Given recent performance, it is not expected that the senior tranche will receive its full interest and principal at the bond’s maturity date;
·Credit ratings of the underlying issuers are reviewed in conjunction with the development of the default rates applied to determine the credit amounts related to the credit loss; and
·Potential prepayments are estimated based on terms and rates of the underlying trust preferred securities to determine the impact of excess spread on the credit enhancement, the removal of the strongest institutions from the underlying pool and any impact that prepayments might have on diversity and concentration.

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company held $350 thousand in marketable equity securities of two entities. The quarterly review of the financial statements and review of other recently available data determined that OTTI existed with respect to one of the investments. As a result, the Company recognized in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2010 credit-related OTTI of $250 thousand which represented the Company’s entire investment in the equities of a single entity.

 

The following table provides the activity of OTTI on investment securities due to credit losses recognized in earnings for the period indicated:

 

(In thousands)  OTTI Losses 
Cumulative credit losses on investment securities, through December 31, 2009  $- 
Additions for credit losses not previously recognized   262 
Cumulative credit losses on investment securities, through December 31, 2010   262 
Additions for credit losses not previously recognized   160 
Cumulative credit losses on investment securities, through December 31, 2011  $422 

 

Gross unrealized losses and fair value by length of time that the individual available-for-sale securities have been in an unrealized loss position at December 31 are presented in the following table:

 

   2011 
           Continuous Unrealized     
           Losses Existing for:     
   Number           Total 
   of       Less than   More than   Unrealized 
(Dollars in thousands)  securities   Fair Value   12 months   12 months   Losses 
S tate and municipal   1   $397   $2   $-   $2 
Mortgage-backed   3    5,081    13    -    13 
Corporate debt   1    3,326    22    -    22 
Trust preferred   1    2,467    -    480    480 
Total   6   $11,271   $37   $480   $517 

 

   2010 
           Continuous Unrealized     
           Losses Existing for:     
   Number               Total 
   of       Less than   More than   Unrealized 
(Dollars in thousands)  securities   Fair Value   12 months   12 months   Losses 
U.S. government agencies   13   $115,829   $2,887   $-   $2,887 
State and municipal   72    91,693    4,228    -    4,228 
Mortgage-backed   11    139,899    949    2    951 
Trust preferred   1    2,798    -    993    993 
Total   97   $350,219   $8,064   $995   $9,059 

 

61
 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investment securities available-for-sale by contractual maturity at December 31 are provided in the following table. The Company has allocated mortgage-backed securities into the four maturity groupings reflected in the following table using the expected average life of the individual securities based on statistics provided by independent third party industry sources. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities as borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

 

   2011   2010 
       Estimated       Estimated 
   Amortized   Fair   Amortized   Fair 
(In thousands)  Cost   Value   Cost   Value 
Due in one year or less  $65,569   $65,972   $31,537   $31,747 
Due after one year through five years   62,993    64,656    167,190    170,292 
Due after five years through ten years   342,813    354,238    258,107    255,700 
Due after ten years   446,552    466,335    444,089    449,444 
Total debt securities available for sale  $917,927   $951,201   $900,923   $907,183 

 

At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, investments available-for-sale with a book value of $255.4 million and $244.2 million, respectively, were pledged as collateral for certain government deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law. The outstanding balance of no single issuer, except for U.S. Agencies securities, exceeded ten percent of stockholders' equity at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

Investments held-to-maturity

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investments held-to-maturity at December 31 indicated are presented in the following table:

 

   2011   2010 
       Gross   Gross   Estimated       Gross   Gross   Estimated 
   Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair   Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair 
(In thousands)  Cost   Gains   Losses   Value   Cost   Gains   Losses   Value 
U.S. government agencies  $54,983   $406   $-   $55,389   $-   $-   $-   $- 
State and municipal   123,075    5,244    (1)   128,318    101,091    2,530    (44)   103,577 
Mortgage-backed   407    53    -    460    499    48    -    547 
Total investments held-to-maturity  $178,465   $5,703   $(1)  $184,167   $101,590   $2,578   $(44)  $104,124 

 

Gross unrealized losses and fair value by length of time that the individual held-to-maturity securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31 are presented in the following tables:

 

   2011 
           Continuous Unrealized     
           Losses Existing for:     
   Number               Total 
   of       Less than   More than   Unrealized 
(Dollars in thousands)  securities   Fair Value   12 months   12 months   Losses 
State and municipal   1   $541   $1   $-   $1 
Total   1   $541   $1   $-   $1 

 

   2010 
           Continuous Unrealized     
           Losses Existing for:     
   Number               Total 
   of       Less than   More than   Unrealized 
(Dollars in thousands)  securities   Fair Value   12 months   12 months   Losses 
State and municipal   4   $1,769   $33   $11   $44 
Total   4   $1,769   $33   $11   $44 

  

The Company does not intend to sell these securities and has sufficient liquidity to hold these securities for an adequate period of time, which may be maturity, to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value, substantiates that the unrealized losses in the held-to-maturity portfolio are considered temporary in nature.

 

62
 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of debt securities held-to-maturity at by contractual maturity at the dates indicated are reflected in the following table. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities as borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

 

   2011   2010 
       Estimated       Estimated 
   Amortized   Fair   Amortized   Fair 
(In thousands)  Cost   Value   Cost   Value 
Due in one year or less  $18,860   $19,203   $26,238   $26,750 
Due after one year through five years   6,937    7,144    15,871    16,616 
Due after five years through ten years   98,428    101,008    24,426    25,118 
Due after ten years   54,240    56,812    35,055    35,640 
Total debt securities held-to-maturity  $178,465   $184,167   $101,590   $104,124 

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, investments held-to-maturity with a book value of $58.7 million and $85.8 million, respectively, were pledged as collateral for certain government deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law. The outstanding balance of no single issuer, except for U.S. Agency securities, exceeded ten percent of stockholders' equity at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

Equity securities

Other equity securities at December 31 are presented in the following table:

 

(In thousands)  2011   2010 
Federal Reserve Bank stock  $7,530   $7,530 
Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta stock   27,328    26,465 
Atlantic Central Bank stock   75    75 
Total equity securities  $34,933   $34,070 

 

Securities gains

Gross realized gains and losses on all investments for the periods indicated are presented in the following table:

 

   For the year ended December 31, 
(In thousands)  2011   2010   2009 
Gross realized gains from sales of investments available-for-sale  $-   $1,001   $- 
Gross realized losses from sales of investments available-for-sale   -    (371)   - 
Net gains or (losses) from calls of investments available-for-sale   205    99    203 
Net gains or (losses) from calls of investments held-to-maturity   87    67    215 
Net securities gains  $292   $796   $418 

 

63
 

 

Note 4 – Loans and Leases

The fundamental lending business of the Company is based on understanding, measuring and controlling the credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio. The Company’s loan and lease portfolio is subject to varying degrees of credit risk. Credit risk entails both general risks, which are inherent in the process of lending, and risk specific to individual borrowers. The Company’s credit risk is mitigated through portfolio diversification, which limits exposure to any single customer, industry or collateral type.

 

Outstanding loan balances at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are net of unearned income including net deferred loan costs of $2.0 million and $2.1 million, respectively. The loan portfolio segment balances at December 31 are presented in the following table:

 

(In thousands)  2011   2010 
Residential real estate:          
Residential mortgage  $448,662   $436,534 
Residential construction   108,699    91,273 
Commercial real estate:          
Commercial owner occupied real estate   522,076    503,286 
Commercial investor real estate   371,948    327,782 
Commercial acquisition, development and construction   160,946    151,061 
Commercial Business   260,327    250,255 
Leases   6,954    15,551 
Consumer   360,080    380,490 
Total loans and leases  $2,239,692   $2,156,232 

 

Portfolio Segments

The Company currently manages its credit products and the respective exposure to credit losses (credit risk) by the following specific portfolio segments (classes) which are levels at which the Company develops and documents its systematic methodology to determine the allowance for loan and lease losses attributable to each respective portfolio segment. These segments are:

 

·Commercial business loans – Commercial loans are made to provide funds for equipment and general corporate needs. Repayment of a loan primarily uses the funds obtained from the operation of the borrower’s business. Commercial loans also include lines of credit that are utilized to finance a borrower’s short-term credit needs and/or to finance a percentage of eligible receivables and inventory.
·Commercial acquisition, development and construction loans –Commercial acquisition, development and construction loans are intended to finance the construction of commercial properties and include loans for the acquisition and development of land. Construction loans represent a higher degree of risk than permanent real estate loans and may be affected by a variety of factors such as the borrower’s ability to control costs and adhere to time schedules and the risk that constructed units may not be absorbed by the market within the anticipated time frame or at the anticipated price. The loan commitment on these loans often includes an interest reserve that allows the lender to periodically advance loan funds to pay interest charges on the outstanding balance of the loan.
·Commercial owner occupied real estate loans - Commercial owned-occupied real estate loans consist of commercial mortgage loans secured by owner occupied properties where an established banking relationship exists and involves a variety of property types to conduct the borrower’s operations. The primary source of repayment for this type of loan is the cash flow from the business and is based upon the borrower’s financial health and the ability of the borrower and the business to repay.
·Commercial investor real estate loans - Commercial investor real estate loans consist of loans secured by non-owner occupied properties where an established banking relationship exists and involves investment properties for warehouse, retail, and office space with a history of occupancy and cash flow. This commercial real estate category contains mortgage loans to the developers and owners of commercial real estate where the borrower intends to operate or sell the property at a profit and use the income stream or proceeds from the sale(s) to repay the loan.
·Leases - The Company’s loan portfolio also includes a small portfolio of equipment leases, which consists of leases for essential commercial equipment used by small to medium sized businesses.
·Consumer loans - This category of loans includes primarily home equity loans and lines, installment loans, personal lines of credit and marine loans. The home equity category consists mainly of revolving lines of credit to consumers which are secured by residential real estate. These loans are typically secured with second mortgages on the homes. Other consumer loans include installment loans used by customers to purchase automobiles, boats and recreational vehicles.
·Residential mortgage loans – The residential real estate category contains permanent mortgage loans principally to consumers secured by residential real estate. Residential real estate loans are evaluated for the adequacy of repayment sources at the time of approval, based upon measures including credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, and collateral values. Loans may be either conforming or non-conforming.

 

64
 

 

·Residential construction loans - The Company makes residential real estate construction loans generally to provide interim financing on residential property during the construction period. Borrowers are typically individuals who will ultimately occupy the single-family dwelling. Loan funds are disbursed periodically as pre-specified stages of completion are attained based upon site inspections.

 

Note 5 – CREDIT QUALITY ASSESSMENT

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Credit risk can vary significantly as losses, as a percentage of outstanding loans, can vary widely during economic cycles and are sensitive to changing economic conditions. The amount of loss in any particular type of loan can vary depending on the purpose of the loan and the underlying collateral securing the loan. Collateral securing commercial loans can range from accounts receivable to equipment to improved or unimproved real estate depending on the purpose of the loan. Home mortgage and home equity loans and lines are typically secured by first or second liens on residential real estate. Consumer loans may be secured by personal property, such as auto loans or they may be unsecured loan products.

 

Management has an internal credit process in place to maintain credit standards. This process along with an in-house loan administration, accompanied by oversight and review procedures, combines to control and manage credit risk. The primary purpose of loan underwriting is the evaluation of specific lending risks that involves the analysis of the borrower’s ability to service the debt as well as the assessment of the value of the underlying collateral. Oversight and review procedures include the monitoring of the portfolio credit quality, early identification of potential problem credits and the management of the problem credits. As part of the oversight and review process, the Company maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses (the “allowance”) to absorb estimated and probable losses in the loan and lease portfolio. The allowance is based on consistent, periodic review and evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio, along with ongoing, monthly assessments of the probable losses and problem credits in each portfolio. While portions of the allowance are attributed to specific portfolio segments, the entire allowance is available to credit losses inherent in the total loan portfolio.

 

Summary information on the allowance for loan and lease loss activity for the years ended December 31 is provided in the following table:

 

(In thousands)  2011   2010   2009 
Balance at beginning of year  $62,135   $64,559   $50,526 
Provision for loan and lease losses   1,428    25,908    76,762 
Loan and lease charge-offs   (16,505)   (32,616    (63,520)
Loan and lease recoveries   2,368    4,284    791 
Net charge-offs   (14,137)   (28,332    (62,729)
Balance at year end  $49,426   $62,135   $64,559 

   

The following tables provide information on the activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses by the respective loan portfolio segment for the years ended December 31:

 

   2011 
       Commercial Real Estate           Residential Real Estate     
               Commercial                     
   Commercial   Commercial   Commercial   Owner           Residential   Residential     
(Dollars in thousands)  Business   AD&C   Investor R/E   Occupied R/E   Leasing   Consumer   Mortgage   Construction   Total 
                                     
Balance at beginning of year  $12,870   $18,241   $4,793   $8,177   $667   $4,231   $10,396   $2,760   $62,135 
Provision (credit)   (4,252)   (11,035)   4,320    (361)   1,182    3,173    5,144    3,257    1,428 
Charge-offs   (2,565)   (1,780)   (868)   (487)   (1,072)   (2,740)   (5,178)   (1,815)   (16,505)
Recoveries   674    1,238    3    -    18    209    221    5    2,368 
Net charge-offs   (1,891)   (542)   (865)   (487)   (1,054)   (2,531)   (4,957)   (1,810)   (14,137)
Balance at end of year  $6,727   $6,664   $8,248   $7,329   $795   $4,873   $10,583   $4,207   $49,426 
                                              
Total loans and leases  $260,327   $160,946   $371,948   $522,076   $6,954   $360,080   $448,662   $108,699   $2,239,692 
Allowance for loans and leases to total loans and leases ratio   2.58%   4.14%   2.22%   1.40%   11.43%   1.35%   2.36%   3.87%   2.21%
Balance of loans specifically evaluated for impairment  $9,092   $18,701   $16,964   $15,416    na.   $35   $5,108   $2,259   $67,575 
Allowance for loans specifically evaluated for impairment  $1,037   $7   $3,380   $1,772    na.    na.   $769   $826   $7,791 
Specific allowance to specific loans ratio   11.41%   0.04%   19.92%   11.49%   na.    na.    15.05%   36.56%   11.53%
                                              
Balance of loans collectively evaluated  $251,235   $142,245   $354,984   $506,660   $6,954   $360,045   $443,554   $106,440   $2,172,117 
Allowance for loans collectively evaluated  $5,690   $6,657   $4,868   $5,557   $795   $4,873   $9,814   $3,381   $41,635 
Collective allowance to collective loans ratio   2.26%   4.68%   1.37%   1.10%   11.43%   1.35%   2.21%   3.18%   1.92%

 

65
 

 

   2010 
       Commercial Real Estate           Residential Real Estate     
               Commercial                     
   Commercial   Commercial   Commercial   Owner           Residential   Residential     
(Dollars in thousands)  Business   AD&C   Investor R/E   Occupied R/E   Leasing   Consumer   M ortgage   Construction   Total 
                                     
Balance at beginning of year  $16,907   $21,144   $3,173   $7,805   $770   $3,330   $8,871   $2,559   $64,559 
Provision   153    9,580    1,850    2,059    -    4,172    7,217    877    25,908 
Charge-offs   (7,144)   (13,545)   (232)   (1,692)   (109)   (3,493)   (5,724)   (677)   (32,616)
Recoveries   2,954    1,062    2    5    6    222    32    1    4,284 
Net charge-offs   (4,190)   (12,483)   (230)   (1,687)   (103)   (3,271)   (5,692)   (676)   (28,332)
Balance at end of year  $12,870   $18,241   $4,793   $8,177   $667   $4,231   $10,396   $2,760   $62,135 
                                              
Total loans and leases  $250,255   $151,061   $327,782   $503,286   $15,551   $380,490   $436,534   $91,273   $2,156,232 
Allowance for loans and leases to total loans and leases ratio   5.14%   12.08%   1.46%   1.62%   4.29%   1.11%   2.38%   3.02%   2.88%
                                              
Balance of loans specifically evaluated for impairment  $8,147   $41,345   $5,631   $12,491    na.   $37   $1,963    na.   $69,614 
Allowance for loans specifically evaluated for impairment  $2,507   $289   $274   $775    na.    na.    na.    na.   $3,845 
Specific loans to specific allowance ratio   30.77%   0.70%   4.87%   6.20%   na.    na.    na.    na.    5.52%
                                              
Balance of loans collectively evaluated  $242,108   $109,716   $322,151   $490,795   $15,551   $380,453   $434,571   $91,273   $2,086,618 
Allowance for loans collectively evaluated  $10,363   $17,952   $4,519   $7,402   $667   $4,231   $10,396   $2,760   $58,290 
Collective loans to collective allowance ratio   4.28%   16.36%   1.40%   1.51%   4.29%   1.11%   2.39%   3.02%   2.79%

 

The Company’s methodology for evaluating whether a loan is impaired begins with risk-rating credits on an individual basis and includes consideration of the borrower’s overall financial condition, payment record and available cash resources that may include the collateral value and, in a select few cases, verifiable support from financial guarantors. In measuring impairment, the Company looks primarily to the discounted cash flows of the project itself or to the value of the collateral as the primary sources of repayment of the loan. The Company may consider the existence of guarantees and the financial strength and wherewithal of the guarantors involved in any loan relationship. Guarantees may be considered as a source of repayment based on the guarantor’s financial condition and respective payment capacity. Accordingly, absent a verifiable payment capacity, a guarantee alone would not be sufficient to avoid classifying the loan as impaired.

 

Management has established a credit process that dictates that procedures be performed to monitor impaired loans between the receipt of an original appraisal and the updated appraisal. These procedures include the following:

 

·An internal evaluation is updated quarterly to include borrower financial statements and/or cash flow projections.
·The borrower may be contacted for a meeting to discuss an updated or revised action plan which may include a request for additional collateral.
·Re-verification of the documentation supporting the Company’s position with respect to the collateral securing the loan.
·At the monthly credit committee meeting the loan may be downgraded.
·Upon receipt of the updated appraisal (or based on an updated internal financial evaluation) the loan balance is compared to the appraisal and a specific allowance is decided upon for the particular loan, typically for the amount of the difference between the appraisal and the loan balance.
·The Company will specifically reserve for or charge-off the excess of the loan amount over the amount of the appraisal. In certain cases the Company may establish a larger reserve due to knowledge of current market conditions or the existence of an offer for the collateral that will facilitate a more timely resolution of the loan.

 

The Company generally follows a policy of not extending maturities on non-performing loans under existing terms. With respect to performing or current loans, the Company may extend the maturity of a performing or current loan that may have some inherent weakness associated with the loan. Maturity date extensions only occur under revised terms that place the Company in a better position to fully collect the loan under the contractual terms and /or terms at the time of the extension that may eliminate or mitigate the inherent weakness in the loan. These terms may incorporate, but are not limited to additional assignment of collateral, significant balance curtailments/liquidations and assignments of additional project cash flows. Documented or demonstrated guarantees may be a consideration in the extension of loan maturities. As a general matter, the Company does not view extension of a loan to be a satisfactory approach to resolving non-performing credits.  Certain performing loans that have displayed some inherent weakness in the underlying collateral values, an inability to comply with certain loan covenants which do not affect the performance of the credit or other identified weakness may have their terms extended on an exception basis.

 

66
 

Loans that have their terms restructured (e.g., interest rates, loan maturity date, payment and amortization period, etc.) in circumstances that provide payment relief or other concessions to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty are considered trouble debt restructured loans (TDR’s). All restructurings that constitute concessions to a troubled borrower are considered impaired loans that may either be in accruing status or non-accruing status. Non-accruing restructured loans may return to accruing status provided there is a sufficient period of payment performance in accordance with the restructure terms. Loans may be removed from the restructured category in the year subsequent to the restructuring if their revised loans terms are considered to be consistent with terms that can be obtained in the credit market for loans with comparable risk. At December 31, 2011, restructured loans totaled $27.1 million, of which $6.9 million were accruing and $20.2 million were non-accruing. The Company has commitments to lend $2.6 million in additional funds on loans that have been restructured at December 31, 2011. Restructured loans at December 31, 2010 totaled $29.8 million, of which $10.6 million were current and $19.2 million were non-performing. Commitments to lend additional funds on loans that have been restructured at December 31, 2010 amounted to $4.5 million.

 

Collateral values or estimates of discounted cash flows (inclusive of any potential cash flow from guarantees) are evaluated to estimate the probability and severity of potential losses. Impairment is established based on the Company’s calculation of the probable loss inherent in the individual loan. The actual occurrence and severity of losses involving impaired credits can differ substantially from estimates.

 

The following tables present the recorded investment with respect to impaired loans, the associated allowance by the applicable portfolio segment and the principal balance of the impaired loans prior to amounts charged-off for at December 31:

 

   2011 
       Commercial Real Estate       Total Recorded 
               Commercial   All   Investment in 
       Commercial   Commercial   Owner   Other   Impaired 
(In thousands)  Commercial   AD&C   Investor R/E   Occupied R/E   Loans   Loans 
                         
Impaired loans with a specific allowance                              
Non-accruing  $1,110   $-   $13,812   $4,091   $1,093   $20,106 
Restructured accruing   1,346    -    -    707    3,475    5,528 
Restructured non-accruing   307    6,504    628    3,282    387    11,108 
Balance  $2,763   $6,504   $14,440   $8,080   $4,955   $36,742 
                               
Allowance  $1,037   $7   $3,380   $1,772   $1,595   $7,791 
                               
Impaired loans without a specific allowance                              
Non-accruing  $3,416   $7,798   $1,883   $6,464   $800   $20,361 
Restructured accruing   520    -    -    -    833    1,353 
Restructured non-accruing   2,393    4,399    641    872    814    9,119 
Balance  $6,329   $12,197   $2,524   $7,336   $2,447   $30,833 
                               
Total impaired loans                              
Non-accruing  $4,526   $7,798   $15,695   $10,555   $1,893   $40,467 
Restructured accruing   1,866    -    -    707    4,308    6,881 
Restructured non-accruing   2,700    10,903    1,269    4,154    1,200    20,227 
Balance  $9,092   $18,701   $16,964   $15,416   $7,402   $67,575 
                               
Unpaid principal balance in total impaired loans  $11,303   $37,442   $17,389   $16,466   $-   $82,600 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011                      Total 
       Commercial Real Estate       Recorded 
               Commercial   All   Investment 
       Commercial   Commercial   Owner   Other   in Impaired 
(In thousands)  Commercial   AD&C   Investor R/E   Occupied R/E   Loans   Loans 
Average impaired loans for the period  $9,800   $27,005   $11,409   $13,942   $6,221   $68,377 
Contractual interest income due on impaired loans during the period  $583   $1,743   $830   $800   $1,017      
Interest income on impaired loans recognized on a cash basis  $267   $487   $93   $471   $205      
Interest income on impaired loans recognized on an accrual basis  $114   $-   $-   $45   $166      

  

67
 

 

   2010 
       Commercial Real Estate       Total Recorded 
               Commercial   All   Investment in 
       Commercial   Commercial   Owner   Other   Impaired 
(In thousands)  Commercial   AD&C   Investor R/E   Occupied R/E   Loans   Loans 
                         
Impaired loans with a specific allowance                              
Accruing  $-   $-   $-   $-   $-   $- 
Non-accruing   4,755    4,792    1,175    3,060    -    13,782 
Restructured accruing   -    -    -    -    -    - 
Restructured non-accruing   627    2,664    -    1,873    -    5,164 
Balance  $5,382   $7,456   $1,175   $4,933   $-   $18,946 
                               
Allowance  $2,507   $289   $274   $775   $-   $3,845 
                               
Impaired loans without a specific allowance                              
Accruing  $-   $6,383   $-   $-   $-   $6,383 
Non-accruing   916    12,076    578    6,119    -    19,689 
Restructured accruing   209    4,545    3,878    710    1,229    10,571 
Restructured non-accruing   1,640    10,885    -    729    771    14,025 
Balance  $2,765   $33,889   $4,456   $7,558   $2,000   $50,668 
                               
Total impaired loans                              
Accruing  $-   $6,383   $-   $-   $-   $6,383 
Non-accruing   5,671    16,868    1,753    9,179    -    33,471 
Restructured accruing   209    4,545    3,878    710    1,229    10,571 
Restructured non-accruing   2,267    13,549    -    2,602    771    19,189 
Balance  $8,147   $41,345   $5,631   $12,491   $2,000   $69,614 

 

The following table provides summary information regarding impaired loans at December 31 and for the years then ended:

 

(In thousands)  2011   2010   2009 
Impaired loans with a valuation allowance  $36,742   $18,946   $23,683 
Impaired loans without a valuation allowance   30,833    50,668    75,769 
Total impaired loans  $67,575   $69,614   $99,452 
                
Allowance for loan and lease losses related to impaired loans  $7,791   $3,845   $6,613 
Allowance for loan and lease losses related to loans collectively evaluated   41,635    58,290    57,946 
Total allowance for loan and lease losses  $49,426   $62,135   $64,559 
                
Average impaired loans for the year  $68,377   $75,556   $100,387 
Contractual interest income due on impaired loans during the year  $4,973   $6,651   $6,355 
Interest income on impaired loans recognized on a cash basis  $1,523   $-   $- 
Interest income on impaired loans recognized on an accrual basis  $325   $524   $- 

 

68
 

 

Credit Quality

The following tables provide information on the credit quality of the loan portfolio by segment at December 31:

 

   2011 
       Commercial Real Estate           Residential Real Estate     
               Commercial                     
       Commercial   Commercial   Owner           Residential   Residential     
(In thousands)  Commercial   AD&C   Investor R/E   Occupied R/E   Leasing   Consumer   Mortgage   Construction   Total 
Non-performing loans and assets:                                    
Non-accrual loans and leases  $7,226   $18,702   $16,963   $14,709   $853   $1,786   $5,722   $5,719   $71,680 
Loans and leases 90 days past due   -    -    -    -    2    165    167    243    577 
Restructured loans and leases   1,866    -    -    707    -    35    3,579    694    6,881 
Total non-performing loans and leases   9,092    18,702    16,963    15,416    855    1,986    9,468    6,656    79,138 
Other real estate owned   100    -    462    273    -    -    3,395    201    4,431 
Total non-performing assets  $9,192   $18,702   $17,425   $15,689   $855   $1,986   $12,863   $6,857   $83,569 

 

   2010 
       Commercial Real Estate               Residential Real Estate     
               Commercial                     
       Commercial   Commercial   Owner           Residential   Residential     
(In thousands)  Commercial   AD&C   Investor R/E   Occupied R/E   Leasing   Consumer   M ortgage   Construction   Total 
Non-performing loans and assets:                                             
Non-accrual loans and leases  $7,938   $30,417   $1,753   $11,781   $1,887   $300   $3,946   $5,305   $63,327 
Loans and leases 90 days past due   19    -    -    -    407    182    9,871    3,675    14,154 
Restructured loans and leases   209    4,545    3,878    710    -    37    1,192    -    10,571 
Total non-performing loans and leases   8,166    34,962    5,631    12,491    2,294    519    15,009    8,980    88,052 
Other real estate owned   -    1,172    -    -    -    -    6,799    1,522    9,493 
Other assets owned   -    -    -    -    -    200    -    -    200 
Total non-performing assets  $8,166   $36,134   $5,631   $12,491   $2,294   $719   $21,808   $10,502   $97,745 

 

   2011 
       Commercial Real Estate           Residential Real Estate     
               Commercial                     
       Commercial   Commercial   Owner           Residential   Residential     
(In thousands)  Commercial   AD&C   Investor R/E   Occupied R/E   Leasing   Consumer   Mortgage   Construction   Total 
Past due loans and leases                                             
31-60 days  $1,467   $717   $10,723   $1,677   $7   $467   $5,246   $1,732   $22,036 
61-90 days   62    -    -    2,537    -    20    1,639    -    4,258 
> 90 days   -    -    -    -    2    165    167    243    577 
Total past due   1,529    717    10,723    4,214    9    652    7,052    1,975    26,871 
Non-accrual loans and leases   7,226    18,702    16,963    14,709    853    1,786    5,722    5,719    71,680 
Current loans   251,572    141,527    344,262    503,153    6,092    357,642    435,888    101,005    2,141,141 
Total loans and leases  $260,327   $160,946   $371,948   $522,076   $6,954   $360,080   $448,662   $108,699   $2,239,692 

 

   2010 
       Commercial Real Estate           Residential Real Estate     
               Commercial                     
       Commercial   Commercial   Owner           Residential   Residential     
(In thousands)  Commercial   AD&C   Investor R/E   Occupied R/E   Leasing   Consumer   M ortgage   Construction   Total 
Past due loans and leases                                    
31-60 days  $2,294   $-   $347   $156   $298   $1,685   $4,720   $-   $9,500 
61-90 days   20    -    -    108    21    385    1,593    -    2,127 
> 90 days   19    -    -    -    407    182    9,871    3,675    14,154 
Total past due   2,333    -    347    264    726    2,252    16,184    3,675    25,781 
Non-accrual loans and leases   7,938    30,417    1,753    11,781    1,887    300    3,946    5,305    63,327 
Current loans   239,984    120,644    325,682    491,241    12,938    377,938    416,404    82,293    2,067,124 
Total loans and leases  $250,255   $151,061   $327,782   $503,286   $15,551   $380,490   $436,534   $91,273   $2,156,232 

 

69
 

 

 

The Company uses an internal loan risk rating system as a means of identifying problem and potential problem loans. Under this system, loans in the commercial loan portfolios are risk rated as either pass rated or classified loans. Pass-rated loans range in quality from risk free to those that have a marginally acceptable level of risk. Risk free loans include those supported by the U.S. government or U.S. government agencies, supported by letters of credit from other banks or loans that are fully secured by a deposit at the bank. Loans with a marginally acceptable level of risk may have characteristics, such as declining financial metrics, or market fundamentals, and may operate in an intensely competitive industry. These loans may exhibit inconsistent performance and marginal overall strength as compared to their peer group but have a history of compliance with all aspects of their debt requirements and are current as to payments.

 

Classified loans represent an increased level of credit risk and are placed into three categories:

·Special Mention - Borrowers exhibit potential credit weaknesses or downward trends that may weaken the credit position if uncorrected. The borrowers are considered marginally acceptable without potential for loss of principal or interest.
·Substandard - Borrowers have well defined weaknesses or characteristics that present the possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
·Doubtful - Borrowers classified as doubtful have the same weaknesses found in substandard borrowers, however, these weaknesses indicate that the collection of debt in full (principal and interest), based on current conditions, is highly questionable and improbable.

 

The following tables provide information by credit risk rating indicators for each segment of the commercial loan portfolio at December 31 for the years indicated:

 

   2011 
          Commercial Real Estate      
                   Commercial      
         Commercial    Commercial    Owner      
(In thousands)   Commercial    AD&C    Investor R/E    Occupied R/E    Total 
Risk Free to Marginally Acceptable  $225,048   $137,181   $331,095   $469,309   $1,162,633 
Special Mention   8,551    2,207    9,592    22,103    42,453 
Substandard   25,720    21,558    31,261    30,664    109,203 
Doubtful   1,008    -    -    -    1,008 
Total  $260,327   $160,946   $371,948   $522,076   $1,315,297 

 

   2010 
       Commercial Real Estate     
               Commercial     
       Commercial   Commercial   Owner     
(In thousands)  Commercial   AD&C   Investor R/E   Occupied R/E   Total 
Risk Free to Marginally Acceptable  $205,111   $107,374   $294,134   $425,433   $1,032,052 
Special Mention   11,324    2,342    23,742    44,035    81,443 
Substandard   30,330    39,546    9,906    33,497    113,279 
Doubtful   3,490    1,799    -    321    5,610 
Total  $250,255   $151,061   $327,782   $503,286   $1,232,384 

  

70
 

 

 

Homogeneous loan pools do not have individual loans subjected to internal risk ratings therefore, the credit indicator applied to these pools is based on their delinquency status. The following tables provide information by credit risk rating indicators for those remaining segments of the loan portfolio at December 31 for the years indicated:

 

   2011 
           Residential Real Estate     
           Residential   Residential     
(In thousands)  Leasing   Consumer   Mortgage   Construction   Total 
Performing  $6,099   $358,094   $439,194   $102,043   $905,430 
Non-performing:                       - 
90 days past due   2    165    167    243    577 
Non-accruing   853    1,786    5,722    5,719    14,080 
Restructured loans and leases    -    35    3,579    694    4,308 
Total  $6,954   $360,080   $448,662   $108,699   $924,395 

 

   2010 
           Residential Real Estate     
           Residential   Residential     
(In thousands)  Leasing   Consumer   Mortgage   Construction   Total 
Performing  $13,257   $379,971   $421,525   $82,293   $897,046 
Non-performing:                         
90 days past due   407    182    9,871    3,675    14,135 
Non-accruing   1,887    300    3,946    5,305    11,438 
Restructured loans and leases    -    37    1,192    -    1,229 
Total  $15,551   $380,490   $436,534   $91,273   $923,848 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company restructured $10.3 million in loans. Modifications consisted principally of interest rate concessions. No modifications resulted in the reduction of the recorded investment in the associated loan balances. Restructured loans are subject to periodic credit reviews to determine the necessity and adequacy of a specific loan loss allowance based on the collectability of the recorded investment in the restructured loan. Loans restructured during 2011 have specific reserves of $1.9 million at December 31, 2011. The following table provides the amounts of the restructured loans at the date of restructuring for specific segments of the loan portfolio during the year ended December 31:

 

   For the Year Ended December 31, 2011 
       Commercial Real Estate     
               Commercial   All 
       Commercial   Commercial   Owner   Other 
(In thousands)  Commercial   AD&C   Investor R/E   Occupied R/E   Loans 
Troubled debt restructurings                         
                          
Restructured accruing  $1,696   $-   $-   $-   $3,590 
Restructured non-accruing   469    -    1,269    2,475    763 
Balance  $2,165   $-   $1,269   $2,475   $4,353 
                          
Specific allowance  $254   $-   $93   $509   $1,027 
                          
Restructured and subsequently defaulted  $-   $-   $-   $-   $509 

 

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned totaled $4.4 million and $9.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

71
 

 

Note 6 – Premises and Equipment

Presented in the following table are the components of premises and equipment at December 31:

 

(In thousands)  2011   2010 
Land  $9,954   $9,954 
Buildings and leasehold improvements   60,944    60,069 
Equipment   39,682    37,853 
Total premises and equipment   110,580    107,876 
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization   (62,097)   (58,872)
Net premises and equipment  $48,483   $49,004 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for premises and equipment amounted to $4.3 million for 2011, $4.3 million for 2010 and $4.8 million for 2009.

 

Total rental expense of premises and equipment, net of rental income, for the three years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $5.9 million, $5.9 million and $5.6 million, respectively. Lease commitments entered into by the Company bear initial terms varying from 3 to 15 years, or they are 20-year ground leases, and are associated with premises.

 

Future minimum lease payments, including any additional rents due to escalation clauses, for all non-cancelable operating leases within the years ending December 31 are presented in the table below:

 

   Operating 
(In thousands)  Leases 
2012  $5,022 
2013   4,170 
2014   3,813 
2015   2,248 
2016   1,351 
Thereafter   4,772 
Total minimum lease payments  $21,376 

 

Note 7 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of intangible assets and goodwill are presented at December 31 in the following table:

 

   2011   Weighted   2010   Weighted 
   Gross       Net   Average   Gross       Net   Average 
   Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying   Remaining   Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying   Remaining 
(Dollars in thousands)  Amount   Amortization   Amount   Life   Amount   Amortization   Amount   Life 
Amortized intangible assets:                                        
Core deposit intangibles  $9,716   $(6,575)  $3,141    2.3 years   $9,716   $(5,188)  $4,528    3.3 years 
Other identifiable intangibles   8,301    (6,708)   1,593    3.5 years    8,301    (6,251)   2,050    4.5 years 
Total amortized intangible assets  $18,017   $(13,283)  $4,734        $18,017   $(11,439)  $6,578      
                                         
Goodwill  $76,816        $76,816        $76,816        $76,816      

 

72
 

 

The following table presents the net carrying amount of goodwill by segment for the periods indicated:

 

   Community       Investment     
(In thousands)  Banking   Insurance   Management   Total 
Balance December 31, 2009  $62,636   $5,191   $8,989   $76,816 
No activity   -    -    -    - 
Balance December 31, 2010   62,636    5,191    8,989    76,816 
No activity   -    -    -    - 
Balance December 31, 2011  $62,636   $5,191   $8,989   $76,816 

 

The following table presents the estimated future amortization expense for amortizing intangibles within the years ending December 31:

 

(In thousands)  Amount 
2012  $1,845 
2013   1,778 
2014   752 
2015   303 
Thereafter   56 
Total amortizing intangibles  $4,734 

 

All goodwill and intangibles associated with segments of the Company were reviewed at October 1, 2011 and 2010, respectively, for any indications of impairment. Based on the review, no indication of impairment related to any segment was noted for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

Note 8 – Deposits

The following table presents the composition of deposits at December 31:

 

(In thousands)  2011   2010 
Noninterest-bearing deposits  $650,377   $566,812 
Interest-bearing deposits:          
Demand   367,682    317,905 
Money market savings   858,732    861,420 
Regular savings   195,408    172,771 
Time deposits of less than $100,000   316,058    351,071 
Time deposits of $100,000 or more   268,263    279,893 
Total interest-bearing deposits   2,006,143    1,983,060 
Total deposits  $2,656,520   $2,549,872 

 

Demand deposit overdrafts reclassified as loan balances were $1.0 million and $1.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Overdraft charge-offs and recoveries are reflected in the allowance for loan and lease losses.

 

73
 

 

The following table presents the maturity schedule for time deposits maturing within years ending December 31:

 

(In thousands)  Amount 
2012  $401,612 
2013   115,082 
2014   33,635 
2015   17,257 
2016   16,735 
Total time deposits  $584,321 

 

The Company's time deposits of $100,000 or more represented 10.1% of total deposits at December 31, 2011 and are presented by maturity in the following table:

 

   Months to Maturity     
   3 or   Over 3   Over 6   Over     
(In thousands)  Less   to 6   To 12   12   Total 
Time deposits—$100 thousand or more  $43,116   $64,305   $80,263   $80,579   $268,263 

 

Interest expense on time deposits of $100,000 or more amounted to $3.3 million, $5.2 million and $10.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Note 9 – Borrowings

Information relating to retail repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings is presented in the following table at and for the years ending December 31:

 

   2011   2010   2009 
(Dollars in thousands)  Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate 
At December 31:                              
Retail repurchase agreements  $63,613    0.20%  $86,243    0.30%  $74,062    0.20%
Average for the Year:                              
Retail repurchase agreements  $73,543    0.26%  $86,726    0.30%  $87,828    0.35%
Maximum Month-end Balance:                              
Retail repurchase agreements  $79,529        $97,884        $98,827      

 

The Company pledges U.S. Agencies and Corporate securities, based upon their market values, as collateral for 102.5% of the principal and accrued interest of its retail repurchase agreements.

 

At December 31, 2011, the Company has an available line of credit for $1.1 billion with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (the "FHLB") under which its borrowings are limited to $498.3 million based on pledged collateral at prevailing market interest rates. At December 31, 2011, total pledged collateral was $485.4 million, which included $80.0 million for overnight funds included in short-term borrowing and $405.4 million pledged for the FHLB advances. At December 31, 2010, lines of credit totaled $1.1 billion under which $566.3 million was available based on pledged collateral. Total collateral pledged at December 31, 2010 was $415.8 million which included $10.0 million for overnight funds and $405.8 for the FHLB advances. Both short-term and long-term FHLB advances are fully collateralized by pledges of loans. The Company has pledged, under a blanket lien, qualifying residential mortgage loans amounting to $319.2 million, commercial loans amounting to $514.8 million, home equity lines of credit (“HELOC”) amounting to $322.0 million and multifamily loans amounting to $13.0 million at December 31, 2011 as collateral under the borrowing agreement with the FHLB. At December 31, 2010 the Company had pledged collateral of qualifying mortgage loans of $321.0 million, commercial loans of $464.6 million, HELOC loans of $325.7 million and multifamily loans of $22.3 million under the FHLB borrowing agreement. The Company also had lines of credit available from the Federal Reserve and correspondent banks of $315.2 million and $280.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, collateralized by loans and state and municipal securities. In addition, the Company had unsecured lines of credit with correspondent banks of $55.0 million and 35.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. At December 31, 2011 there were no outstanding borrowings against these lines of credit.

 

74
 

 

Advances from FHLB and the respective maturity schedule at December 31for the periods indicated consisted of the following:

 

   2011   2010 
       Weighted       Weighted 
       Average       Average 
(Dollars in thousands)  Amounts   Rate   Amounts   Rate 
Maturity:                    
One year  $350    0.37%  $350    4.13%
Two years   58    4.13    350    4.13 
Three years   -    -    58    4.13 
Four years   -    -    -    - 
Five years   160,000    4.51    -    - 
After five years   245,000    2.84    405,000    3.50 
Total advances from FHLB  $405,408      2.99   $405,758      3.50 

 

Note 10 – SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

The Company formed Sandy Spring Capital Trust II (“Capital Trust”) to facilitate the pooled placement issuance of $35.0 million of trust preferred securities on August 10, 2004. In conjunction with this issuance, the Company issued subordinated debt to the Capital Trust. The subordinated debt converted from a fixed rate interest of 6.35% at July 7, 2009 to a variable rate, adjusted quarterly, equal to 225 basis points over the three month Libor. At December 31, 2011, the rate on the subordinated debt was 2.65%. The obligations of the Company under the debt are subordinated to all other debt except other trust preferred securities, which may have equal subordination. The debt has a maturity date of October 7, 2034, but may be called by the Company at any time subsequent to October 7, 2009 on each respective quarterly distribution date.

 

Note 11 – Stockholders’ Equity

The Company’s Articles of Incorporation authorize 50,000,000 shares of capital stock (par value $1.00 per share). Issued shares have been classified as common stock. The Articles of Incorporation provide that remaining unissued shares may later be designated as either common or preferred stock.

 

In December 2008, as part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) Capital Purchase Program, the Company entered into a Purchase Agreement with the United States Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”), pursuant to which the Company sold 83,094 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share and a warrant to purchase 651,547 shares of the Company’s common stock, for $83.1 million in cash. The redemption of the preferred shares was completed in two transactions with one half of the shares redeemed in July, 2010 and the remainder of the shares redeemed in December, 2010. The preferred shares paid an annual dividend of 5% per share during the period the shares were outstanding. The warrant was issued with an initial exercise price of $19.13 and a ten year term and was exercisable immediately, in whole or in part. The value of the warrant was allocated a portion of the $83.1 million in issuance proceeds. The allocation of this value was based on the relative fair value of the preferred shares and the warrant to the combined fair value. Accordingly, the value of the warrant was determined to be $3.7 million and recorded in additional paid-in capital in the consolidated balance sheet. This non-cash amount was considered a discount to the preferred stock and to be amortized over a five year period using the interest method and accreted as a dividend recorded on the preferred shares. A portion of the unamortized discount was recognized in a charge to earnings on the date of the respective redemption of the preferred shares. The warrant was included in the diluted average common shares outstanding except in periods for which its effects would be anti-dilutive. On February 23, 2011, the Company completed the redemption of the warrant issued for $4.5 million. The redemption of the warrant resulted in a net reduction of additional paid-in capital of $0.8 million during the first quarter of 2011.

 

The Company has a director stock purchase plan (the “Director Plan”) which commenced on May 1, 2004. Under the Director Plan, members of the board of directors may elect to use a portion (minimum 50%) of their annual retainer fee to purchase shares of Company stock. The Company has reserved 45,000 authorized but unissued shares of common stock for purchase under the plan. Purchases are made at the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date. At December 31, 2011, there were 27,469 shares available for issuance under the plan.

 

The Company has an employee stock purchase plan (the “Purchase Plan”) which commenced on July 1, 2001 and which was re-authorized on July 1, 2011. The Company has reserved 300,000 authorized but unissued shares of common stock for purchase under the current version of the plan. Shares are purchased at 85% of the fair market value on the exercise date through monthly payroll deductions of not less than 1% or more than 10% of cash compensation paid in the month. The Purchase Plan is administered by a committee of at least three directors appointed by the board of directors. At December 31, 2011, there were 283,232 shares available for issuance under this plan.

 

75
 

 

The Company approved a stock repurchase program in August 2011 that permits the repurchase of up to 3% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock or approximately 730,000 shares. Repurchases, which will be conducted through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, will be made depending on market conditions and other factors. The Company repurchased 23,592 shares of common stock at an average price of $14.16 per share during the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

As a result of the continued participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program during 2010, the Company was prohibited from repurchasing any shares of its common stock, other than in connection with the administration of an employee benefit plan, without the consent of the Treasury Department. Accordingly, no shares were repurchased during 2010.

 

The Company has a dividend reinvestment plan that is sponsored and administered by the Registrar and Transfer Company (“R&T”) as independent agent, which enables current shareholders as well as first-time buyers to purchase and sell common stock of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. directly through R&T at low commissions. Participants may reinvest cash dividends and make periodic supplemental cash payments to purchase additional shares.

 

Bank and holding company regulations, as well as Maryland law, impose certain restrictions on dividend payments by the Bank, as well as restricting extensions of credit and transfers of assets between the Bank and the Company. At December 31, 2011, the Bank could have paid additional dividends of $26.2 million to its parent company without regulatory approval. In conjunction with the Company’s long-term borrowing from Capital Trust, the Bank issued a note to Bancorp for $35.0 million which was outstanding at December 31, 2011. There were no other loans outstanding between the Bank and the Company at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

Note 12 – Share Based Compensation

At December 31, 2011, the Company had two share based compensation plans in existence, the 1999 Stock Option Plan (expired but having outstanding options that may still be exercised) and the 2005 Omnibus Stock Plan, which is described below.

 

The Company’s 2005 Omnibus Stock Plan (“Omnibus Plan”) provides for the granting of non-qualifying stock options to the Company’s directors, and incentive and non-qualifying stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock grants to selected key employees on a periodic basis at the discretion of the board. The Omnibus Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 1,800,000 shares of common stock of which 1,047,563 are available for issuance at December 31, 2011, has a term of ten years, and is administered by a committee of at least three directors appointed by the board of directors. Options granted under the plan have an exercise price which may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant and must be exercised within seven to ten years from the date of grant. The exercise price of stock options must be paid for in full in cash or shares of common stock, or a combination of both. The Stock Option Committee has the discretion when making a grant of stock options to impose restrictions on the shares to be purchased upon the exercise of such options. Options granted under the expired 1999 Stock Option Plan remain outstanding until exercised or they expire. The Company generally issues authorized but previously unissued shares to satisfy option exercises.

 

The fair values of all of the options granted for the periods indicated have been estimated using a binomial option-pricing model with the weighted-average assumptions for the years ended December 31 shown are presented in the following table:

 

   2011   2010   2009 
Dividend yield   1.72%   0.27%   4.00%
Weighted average expected volatility   46.87%   45.06%   35.32%
Weighted average risk-free interest rate   2.58%   2.91%   2.59%
Weighted average expected lives (in years)   5.70    5.83    6.00 
Weighted average grant-date fair value  $7.76   $6.65   $3.22 

 

The dividend yield is based on estimated future dividend yields. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual term of the share option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. Expected volatilities are generally based on historical volatilities. The expected term of share options granted is generally derived from historical experience.

 

Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the respective stock option or restricted stock grant. The Company recognized compensation expense of $1.3 million, $1.1 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, related to the awards of stock options and restricted stock grants. Stock options exercised in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, had immaterial intrinsic values. The total of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options was approximately $0.3 million as of December 31, 2011. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.5 years. The total of unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock was approximately $2.7 million as of December 31, 2011. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.2 years. The fair value of the options vested during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, was $0.3 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

 

76
 

 

In the first quarter of 2011, 37,105 stock options were granted, subject to a three year vesting schedule with one third of the options vesting each year on the anniversary date of the grant. Additionally, 85,589 shares of restricted stock were granted, subject to a five year vesting schedule with one fifth of the shares vesting each year on the grant date anniversary. There were no additional stock options or shares of restricted stock granted during the remainder of 2011.

 

A summary of share option activity for the period indicated is reflected in the following table:

 

           Weighted     
   Number   Weighted   Average   Aggregate 
   of   Average   Contractual   Intrinsic 
   Common   Exercise   Remaining   Value 
   Shares   Share Price   Life(Years)   (in thousands) 
Balance at January 1, 2011   722,367   $32.47        $514 
Granted   37,105   $18.69         - 
Exercised   (2,037)  $12.41         11 
Forfeited or expired   (122,238)  $34.15         10 
Balance at December 31, 2011       635,197   $31.42    2.9    406 
                     
Exercisable at December 31, 2011   555,557   $33.59    2.5   $241 
                     
Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year       $7.76           

 

A summary of the activity for the Company’s non-vested options for the period indicated is presented in the following table:

 

       Weighted 
       Average 
   Number   Grant-Date 
(In dollars, except share data):  of Shares   Fair Value 
Non-vested options at January 1, 2011   106,185   $4.78 
Granted   37,105   $7.76 
Vested   (59,455)  $4.49 
Forfeited or expired   (4,195)  $5.75 
Non-vested options at December 31, 2011      79,640   $6.33 

 

A summary of the activity for the Company’s restricted stock for the period indicated is presented in the following table:

 

       Weighted 
       Average 
   Number   Grant-Date 
(In dollars, except share data):  of Shares   Fair Value 
Restricted stock at January 1, 2011   183,751   $15.31 
Granted   85,589   $18.69 
Vested   (46,939)  $16.64 
Forfeited or expired   (16,088)  $15.80 
Restricted stock at December 31, 2011      206,313   $16.37 

 

77
 

 

Note 13 – Pension, Profit Sharing, and Other Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Benefit Pension Plan

The Company has a qualified, noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”) covering substantially all employees. Benefits after January 1, 2005, are based on the benefit earned as of December 31, 2004, plus benefits earned in future years of service based on the employee’s compensation during each such year. All benefit accruals for employees were frozen as of December 31, 2007 based on past service and thus future salary increases and additional years of service will no longer affect the defined benefit provided by the plan although additional vesting may continue to occur.

 

The Company's funding policy is to contribute amounts to the plan sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended. In addition, the Company contributes additional amounts as it deems appropriate based on benefits attributed to service prior to the date of the plan freeze. The Plan invests primarily in a diversified portfolio of managed fixed income and equity funds.

 

The Plan’s funded status at December 31 is as follows:

 

(In thousands)  2011   2010 
Reconciliation of Projected Benefit Obligation:          
Projected obligation at January 1  $30,633   $29,379 
Interest cost   1,541    1,490 
Actuarial loss   360    569 
Benefit payments   (1,484)   (805)
Increase related to discount rate change   1,337    - 
Projected obligation at December 31   32,387    30,633 
Reconciliation of Fair Value of Plan Assets:          
Fair value of plan assets at January 1   26,839    26,841 
Actual return on plan assets   986    803 
Contribution   3,000    - 
Benefit payments   (1,484)   (805)
Fair value of plan assets at December 31   29,341    26,839 
           
Funded status at December 31  $(3,046)  $(3,794)
           
Accumulated benefit obligation at December 31  $32,387   $30,633 
           
Unrecognized net actuarial loss  $11,240   $10,618 
Net periodic pension cost not yet recognized          
   $11,240   $10,618 

 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31 are presented in the following table:

 

   2011   2010   2009 
Discount rate   4.75%   5.00%   5.00%
Rate of compensation increase   N/A    N/A    N/A 

 

The components of net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31 are presented in the following table:

 

(In thousands)  2011   2010   2009 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation  $1,541   $1,490   $1,436 
Expected return on plan assets   (1,070)   (1,201)   (1,242)
Recognized net actuarial loss   1,159    1,156    1,362 
Net periodic benefit cost  $1,630   $1,445   $1,556 

 

78
 

 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31 are presented in the following table:

 

   2011   2010   2009 
Discount rate   5.00%   5.00%   5.00%
Expected return on plan assets   4.50%   4.50%   4.50%
Rate of compensation increase   N/A    N/A    N/A 

 

The expected rate of return on assets of 4.50% reflects the Plan’s predominant investment of assets in cash and debt type securities and an analysis of the average rate of return of the S&P 500 index and the Lehman Brothers Gov’t/Corp. index over the past 20 years.

 

The following table reflects the components of the net unrecognized benefits costs that is reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the periods indicated. Additions represent the growth in the unrecognized actuarial loss during the period. Reductions represent the portion of the unrecognized benefits that are recognized each period as a component of the net periodic benefit cost.

 

   Unrecognized 
   Net 
(In thousands)  Gain/(Loss) 
Included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at January 1, 2009  $13,362 
Additions during the year   (1,194)
Reclassifications due to recognition as net periodic pension cost   (1,362)
Included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of December 31, 2009   10,806 
Additions during the year   968 
Reclassifications due to recognition as net periodic pension cost   (1,156)
Included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of December 31, 2010   10,618 
Additions during the year   443 
Reclassifications due to recognition as net periodic pension cost   (1,159)
Increase related to change in discount rate assumption   1,337 
Included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of December 31, 2011   11,240 
Applicable tax effect   (4,482)
Included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) net of tax effect at December 31, 2011  $6,758 
      
Amount expected to be recognized as part of net periodic pension cost in the next fiscal year  $1,644 

 

There are no plan assets expected to be returned to the employer in the next twelve months.

 

The following items have not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost at December 31:

 

(In thousands)  2011   2010   2009 
Net actuarial loss  $(11,240)  $(10,618)  $(10,806)
Net periodic benefit cost not yet recognized  $(11,240)  $(10,618)  $(10,806)

 

79
 

 

Pension Plan Assets 

The Company’s pension plan weighted average allocations at December 31 are presented in the following table:

 

   2011   2010 
Asset Category:          
Cash and certificates of deposit   27.1%   43.2%
Equity Securities:   39.3    21.0 
Debt Securities   33.6    35.8 
Total pension plan sssets      100.0%      100.0%

 

 

The Company has a written investment policy approved by the board of directors that governs the investment of the defined benefit pension fund trust portfolio. The investment policy is designed to provide limits on risk that is undertaken by the investment managers both in terms of market volatility of the portfolio and the quality of the individual assets that are held in the portfolio. The investment policy statement focuses on the following areas of concern: preservation of capital, diversification, risk tolerance, investment duration, rate of return, liquidity and investment management costs.

 

The Company has constituted the Retirement Plans Investment Committee (“RPIC”) in part to monitor the investments of the Plan as well as to recommend to executive management changes in the Investment Policy Statement which governs the Plan’s investment operations. These recommendations include asset allocation changes based on a number of factors including the investment horizon for the Plan. The Company’s Investment Management and Fiduciary Services Division is the investment manager of the Plan and also serves as an advisor to RPIC on the Plan’s investment matters.

 

Investment strategies and asset allocations are based on careful consideration of plan liabilities, the plan’s funded status and the Company’s financial condition. Investment performance and asset allocation are measured and monitored on an ongoing basis. The current target allocations for plan assets are 0-30% for equity securities, 0-100% for fixed income securities and 0-100% for cash funds and emerging market debt funds. This relatively conservative asset allocation has been set after taking into consideration the Plan’s current frozen status and the possibility of partial plan terminations over the intermediate term.

 

Market volatility risk is controlled by limiting the asset allocation of the most volatile asset class, equities, to no more than 30% of the portfolio and by ensuring that there is sufficient liquidity to meet distribution requirements from the portfolio without disrupting long-term assets. Diversification of the equity portion of the portfolio is controlled by limiting the value of any initial acquisition so that it does not exceed 5% of the market value of the portfolio when purchased. The policy requires the sale of any portion of an equity position when its value exceeds 10% of the portfolio. Fixed income market volatility risk is managed by limiting the term of fixed income investments to five years. Fixed income investments must carry an “A” or better rating by a recognized credit rating agency. Corporate debt of a single issuer may not exceed 10% of the market value of the portfolio. The investment in derivative instruments such as “naked” call options, futures, commodities, and short selling is prohibited. Investment in equity index funds and the writing of “covered” call options (a conservative strategy to increase portfolio income) are permitted. Foreign currency-denominated debt instruments are not permitted. At December 31, 2011, management is of the opinion that there are no significant concentrations of risk in the assets of the plan with respect to any single entity, industry, country, commodity or investment fund that are not otherwise mitigated by FDIC insurance available to the participants of the plan and collateral pledged for any such amount that may not be covered by FDIC insurance. Investment performance is measured against industry accepted benchmarks. The risk tolerance and asset allocation limitations imposed by the policy are consistent with attaining the rate of return assumptions used in the actuarial funding calculations. The RPIC committee meets quarterly to review the activities of the investment managers to ensure adherence with the Investment Policy Statement.

 

80
 

 

Fair Values

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets by asset category at December 31 are presented in the following tables:

 

   2011 
   Quoted Prices in   Significant Other   Significant     
   Active Markets for   Observable   Unobservable     
   Identical Assets   Inputs   Inputs     
(In thousands)  (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)   Total 
Asset Category:                    
Cash and certificates of deposit  $7,815   $-   $-   $7,815 
Equity Securities:                    
Industrials   1,064    -    -    1,064 
Financials   1,669              1,669 
Telecommunication services   765    -    -    765 
Consumer   3,429    -    -    3,429 
Health care   1,594    -    -    1,594 
Information technology   1,416    -    -    1,416 
Energy   811    -    -    811 
Other   775    -    -    775 
Total equity securities   11,523    -    -    11,523 
Fixed income securities:                    
U. S. Government Agencies   -    619    -    619 
Corporate bonds   -    9,251    -    9,251 
Other   133    -    -    133 
Total pension plan sssets  $19,471   $9,870   $-   $29,341 

 

   2010 
   Quoted Prices in   Significant Other   Significant     
   Active Markets for   Observable   Unobservable     
   Identical Assets   Inputs   Inputs     
(In thousands)  (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)   Total 
Asset Category:                    
Cash and certificates of deposit  $11,497   $-   $-   $11,497 
Equity Securities:                    
Industrials   184    -    -    184 
Telecommunication services   654    -    -    654 
Consumer   2,085    -    -    2,085 
Health care   890    -    -    890 
Information technology   648    -    -    648 
Energy   569    -    -    569 
Other   602    -    -    602 
Total equity securities   5,632    -    -    5,632 
Fixed income securities:                    
U. S. Government Agencies   -    1,828    -    1,828 
Corporate bonds   -    7,783    -    7,783 
Other   99    -    -    99 
Total pension plan sssets  $17,228   $9,611   $-   $26,839 

 

Contributions

The decision as to whether or not to make a plan contribution and the amount of any such contribution is dependent on a number of factors. Such factors include the investment performance of the plan assets in the current economy and, since the plan is currently frozen, the remaining investment horizon of the plan. Given these uncertainties, management continues to monitor the funding level of the pension plan and may make contributions as necessary during 2012.

 

81
 

 

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

Benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, that are expected to be paid for the years ending December31 are presented in the following table:

   Pension 
(In thousands)  Benefits 
2012  $517 
2013   658 
2014   785 
2015   877 
2016   1,048 
2017-2021   7,072 

 

Cash and Deferred Profit Sharing Plan

The Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. Cash and Deferred Profit Sharing Plan includes a 401(k) provision with a Company match. The 401(k) provision is voluntary and covers all eligible employees after ninety days of service. Employees contributing to the 401(k) provision receive a matching contribution of 100% of the first 3% of compensation and 50% of the next 2% of compensation subject to employee contribution limitations. The Company matching contribution vests immediately. The Plan permits employees to purchase shares of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. common stock with their 401(k) contributions, Company match, and other contributions under the Plan. Profit sharing contributions and Company match are included in non-interest expenses and totaled $1.4 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

Executive Incentive Retirement Plan

The Executive Incentive Retirement Plan is a defined contribution plan that provides for contributions to be made to the participants’ plan accounts based on the attainment of a level of financial performance compared to a selected group of peer banks. This level of performance is determined annually by the board of directors. Benefit costs related to the Plan included in non-interest expense for 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $0.3 million, $0.2 million, and $0.3 million, respectively.

 

Note 14 – OTHER NON-INTEREST INCOME AND OTHER NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

Selected components of other non-interest income and other non-interest expense for the years ended December 31 are presented in the following table:

 

(In thousands)  2011   2010   2009 
Letter of credit fees  $1,123   $1,019   $567 
Extension fees   406    594    793 
Other income   2,515    2,816    3,366 
Total other non-interest income  $4,044   $4,429   $4,726 

 

(In thousands)  2011   2010   2009 
Professional fees  $4,942   $5,586   $4,863 
Other real estate owned   2,412    976    46 
Postage and delivery   1,257    1,328    1,373 
Communications   1,433    1,433    1,270 
Other expenses   7,598    7,027    7,116 
Total other non-interest expense  $17,642   $16,350   $14,668 

 

82
 

 

Note 15 – Income Taxes

The following table provides the components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31:

 

(In thousands)  2011   2010   2009 
Current income taxes (benefits):               
Federal  $6,840   $8,106   $(7,059)
State   2,327    1,423    (1,701)
Total current   9,167    9,529    (8,760)
Deferred income taxes (benefits):               
Federal   5,640    (469)   (5,831)
State   1,038    (11)   (1,406)
Total deferred   6,678    (480)   (7,237)
Total income tax expense (benefit)  $15,845   $9,049   $(15,997)

 

The Company does not have uncertain tax positions that are deemed material, and did not recognize any adjustments for unrecognized tax benefits.

 

Temporary differences between the amounts reported in the financial statements and the tax bases of assets and liabilities result in deferred taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities, shown as the sum of the appropriate tax effect for each significant type of temporary difference, are presented in the following table at December 31:

 

(In thousands)  2011   2010 
Deferred Tax Assets:          
Allowance for loan and lease losses  $19,714   $24,781 
Employee benefits   1,454    1,962 
Pension plan OCI   4,482    4,234 
Deferred loan fees and costs   681    302 
Non-qualified stock option expense   413    357 
Losses on other real estate owned   313    - 
Other than temporary impairment   269    206 
Loan and deposit premium/discount   159    350 
Depreciation   -    121 
Reserve for recourse loans   120    160 
Other   111    125 
Gross deferred tax assets   27,716    32,598 
Deferred Tax Liabilities:          
Unrealized gains on investments available for sale   (13,270)   (2,497)
Pension plan costs   (3,267)   (2,721)
Depreciation   (900)   - 
Intangible assets   (286)   - 
Bond accretion   (167)   (262)
Other   (16)   (51)
Gross deferred tax liabilities   (17,906)   (5,531)
Net deferred tax asset  $9,810   $27,067 

 

No valuation allowance exists with respect to deferred tax items.

 

83
 

 

The reconcilements between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rate for the years ended December 31 are presented in the following table:

 

(Dollars in thousands)  2011   2010   2009 
       Percentage of       Percentage of       Percentage of 
       Pre-Tax       Pre-Tax       Pre-Tax 
   Amount   Income (Loss)   Amount   Income (Loss)   Amount   Income (Loss) 
Income tax expense at federal statutory rate  $17,481    35.0%  $11,399    35.0%  $(10,798)   (35.0)%
Increase (decrease) resulting from:                              
Tax exempt income, net   (2,945)   (5.9)   (2,411)   (7.4)   (2,429)   (7.9)
Bank-owned life insurance   (923)   (1.9)   (980)   (3.0)   (1,017)   (3.3)
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefits   2,187    4.4    906    2.8    (2,020)   (6.5)
Other, net   45    0.1    135    0.4    267    0.8 
Total income tax expense (benefit) and rate  $15,845    31.7%  $9,049    27.8%  $(15,997)   51.9%

  

Note 16 – Net Income (LOSS) per Common Share

The calculation of net income (loss) per common share for the years ended December 31 is presented in the following table.

 

(Dollars and amounts in thousands, except per share data)  2011   2010   2009 
Net income (loss)  $34,102   $23,520   $(14,855)
Less: Dividends - preferred stock   -    6,149    4,810 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders  $34,102   $17,371   $(19,665)
                
Basic:               
Basic weighted average EPS shares   24,083    22,339    16,449 
                
Basic net income (loss) per share  $1.42   $1.05   $(0.90)
Basic net income (loss) per common share   1.42    0.78    (1.20)
                
Diluted:               
Basic weighted average EPS shares   24,083    22,339    16,449 
Dilutive common stock equivalents   66    41    - 
Dilutive EPS shares   24,149    22,380    16,449 
                
Diluted net income (loss) per share  $1.41   $1.05   $(0.90)
Diluted net income (loss) per common share   1.41    0.78    (1.20)
                
Anti-dilutive shares   621    776    1,001 

 

84
 

 

NOTE 17 – OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as net income (loss) plus transactions and other occurrences that are the result of non-owner changes in equity. For financial statements presented for the Company, non-equity changes are comprised of unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale debt securities and any minimum pension liability adjustments. These do not have an impact on the Company’s net income (loss). The components of other comprehensive income (loss) and the related tax effects allocated to each component for the years ended December 31 are presented in the following table.

 

(In thousands)  2011   2010   2009 
Net income (loss)  $34,102   $23,520   $(14,855)
Investments available-for-sale:               
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on investments available-for-sale   26,722    (932)   5,210 
Related income tax (expense) benefit   (10,656)   374    (2,077)
Net investment gains reclassified into earnings   292    796    418 
Related income tax expense   (116)   (319)   (167)
Net effect on other comprehensive income (loss) for the period   16,242    (81)   3,384 
                
Defined benefit pension plan:               
Recognition of unrealized gain   (622)   188    2,555 
Related income tax expense   248    (75)   (1,019)
Net effect on other comprehensive income for the period   (374)   113    1,536 
Total other comprehensive income   15,868    32    4,920 
Comprehensive income (loss)  $49,970   $23,552   $(9,935)

 

The following table presents net accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the periods indicated:

 

   Unrealized Gains         
   (Losses) on         
   Investments   Defined Benefit     
(In thousands)  Available-for-Sale   Pension Plan   Total 
Balance at January 1, 2009  $461   $(8,033)  $(7,572)
Period change, net of tax   3,384    1,536    4,920 
Balance at December 31, 2009   3,845    (6,497)   (2,652)
Period change, net of tax   (81)   113    32 
Balance at December 31, 2010   3,764    (6,384)   (2,620)
Period change, net of tax   16,242    (374)   15,868 
Balance at December 31, 2011  $20,006   $(6,758)  $13,248 

 

Note 18 – Related Party Transactions

Certain directors and executive officers have loan transactions with the Company. Such loans were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with outsiders. The following schedule summarizes changes in amounts of loans outstanding, both direct and indirect, to these persons during the periods indicated:

 

(In thousands)  2011   2010 
Balance at January 1  $22,842   $25,289 
Additions   176    2,466 
Repayments   (2,783)   (4,913)
Balance at December 31  $20,235   $22,842 

 

85
 

 

Note 19 – Financial Instruments with Off-balance Sheet Risk and Derivatives

In the normal course of business, the Company has various outstanding credit commitments that are not reflected in the financial statements. These commitments are made to satisfy the financing needs of the Company's clients. The associated credit risk is controlled by subjecting such activity to the same credit and quality controls as exist for the Company's lending and investing activities. The commitments involve diverse business and consumer customers and are generally well collateralized. Collateral held varies, but may include residential real estate, commercial real estate, property and equipment, inventory and accounts receivable. Since a portion of the commitments have some likelihood of not being exercised, the amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. A summary of the financial instruments with off-balance sheet credit risk is as follows at December 31:

 

   December 31,   December 31, 
(In thousands)  2011   2010 
Commercial  $79,567   $72,324 
Real estate-development and construction   76,940    53,511 
Real estate-residential mortgage   20,922    25,054 
Lines of credit, principally home equity and business lines   621,422    586,816 
Standby letters of credit   73,913    68,057 
Total Commitments to extend credit and available credit lines  $872,764   $805,762 

 

The Company has entered into interest rate swaps (“swaps”) to facilitate customer transactions and meet their financing needs. These swaps qualify as derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments. Interest rate swap contracts involve the risk of dealing with counterparties and their ability to meet contractual terms. When the fair value of a derivative instrument contract is positive, this generally indicates that the counterparty or customer owes the Company, and results in credit risk to the Company. When the fair value of a derivative instrument contract is negative, the Company owes the customer or counterparty and therefore, has no credit risk. The swap positions are offset to minimize the potential impact on the Company’s financial statements. Any amounts due to the Company will be expected to be collected from the borrower. Credit risk exists if the borrower’s collateral or financial condition indicates that the underlying collateral or financial condition of the borrower makes it probable that amounts due will be uncollectible. Management reviews this credit exposure on a monthly basis. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, all loans associated with the swap agreements were determined to be “pass” rated credits as provided by regulatory guidance and therefore no component of credit loss was factored into the valuation of the swaps.

 

A summary of the Company’s interest rate swaps at December 31 is included in the following table:

 

   2011 
   Notional   Estimate   Years to   Receive   Pay 
(Dollars in thousands)  Amount   Fair Value   Maturity   Rate   Rate 
Interest Rate Swap Agreements:                        
Pay Fixed/Receive Variable Swaps  $27,127   $(1,529)   3.0    2.65%   4.66%
Pay Variable/Receive Fixed Swaps   27,127    1,529    3.0    4.66%   2.65%
Total Swaps  $54,254   $-    3.0    3.66%   3.66%

 

   2010 
   Notional   Estimated   Years to   Receive   Pay 
(Dollars in thousands)  Amount   Fair Value   Maturity   Rate   Rate 
Interest Rate Swap Agreements:                         
Pay Fixed/Receive Variable Swaps  $24,286   $(1,113)   3.7    2.84%   5.32%
Pay Variable/Receive Fixed Swaps   24,286    1,113    3.7    5.32%   2.84%
Total Swaps  $48,572   $-    3.7    4.08%   4.08%

 

The estimated fair value of the swaps at December 31 for the periods indicated in the table above were recorded in other assets and other liabilities. The associated net gains and losses on the swaps are recorded in other non-interest income.

 

Note 20 – Litigation

In the normal course of business, the Company becomes involved in litigation arising from the banking, financial, and other activities it conducts. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, does not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, operating results or liquidity.

 

86
 

 

Note 21 – Fair Value

Generally accepted accounting principles provides entities the option to measure eligible financial assets, financial liabilities and commitments at fair value (i.e. the fair value option), on an instrument-by-instrument basis, that are otherwise not permitted to be accounted for at fair value under other accounting standards. The election to use the fair value option is available when an entity first recognizes a financial asset or financial liability or upon entering into a commitment. Subsequent changes in fair value must be recorded in earnings. The Company applies the fair value option on residential mortgage loans held for sale. The fair value option on residential mortgage loans allows the recognition of gains on sale of mortgage loans to more accurately reflect the timing and economics of the transaction.

 

The Company adopted the standards for fair value measurement which clarified that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received for sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Fair value measurements are not adjusted for transaction costs. The standard for fair value measurement establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below.

 

Basis of Fair Value Measurement:

 

Level 1- Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

 

Level 2- Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability;

 

Level 3- Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e. supported by little or no market activity).

 

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

Assets and Liabilities

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

Mortgage loans held for sale are valued based on quotations from the secondary market for similar instruments and are classified as level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Investments available-for-sale

 

U.S. government agencies, mortgage-backed securities and corporate debt

Valuations are based on active market data and use of evaluated broker pricing models that vary based by asset class and includes available trade, bid, and other market information. Generally, the methodology includes broker quotes, proprietary models, descriptive terms and conditions databases coupled with extensive quality control programs. Multiple quality control evaluation processes review available market, credit and deal level information to support the evaluation of the security. If there is a lack of objectively verifiable information available to support the valuation, the evaluation of the security is discontinued. Additionally, proprietary models and pricing systems, mathematical tools, actual transacted prices, integration of market developments and experienced evaluators are used to determine the value of a security based on a hierarchy of market information regarding a security or securities with similar characteristics. The Company does not adjust the quoted price for such securities. Such instruments are generally classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

State and municipal securities

Proprietary valuation matrices are used for valuing all tax-exempt municipals that can incorporate changes in the municipal market as they occur. Market evaluation models include the ability to value bank qualified municipals and general market municipals that can be broken down further according to insurer, credit support, state of issuance and rating to incorporate additional spreads and municipal curves. Taxable municipals are valued using a third party model that incorporates a methodology that captures the trading nuances associated with these bonds. Such instruments are generally classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Trust preferred securities

In active markets, these types of instruments are valued based on quoted market prices that are readily accessible at the measurement date and are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Positions that are not traded in active markets or are subject to transfer restrictions are valued or adjusted to reflect illiquidity and/or non-transferability, and such adjustments are generally based on available market evidence. In the absence of such evidence, management uses a process that employs certain assumptions to determine the present value. For further information, refer to Note 3 – Investments. Positions that are not traded in active markets or are subject to transfer restrictions are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

87
 

 

Interest rate swap agreements

Interest rate swap agreements are measured by alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency in markets that are not active. Based on the complex nature of interest rate swap agreements, the markets these instruments trade in are not as efficient and are less liquid than that of the more mature Level 1 markets. These markets do however have comparable, observable inputs in which an alternative pricing source values these assets in order to arrive at a fair market value. These characteristics classify interest rate swap agreements as Level 2.

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables set forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities at December 31 that were accounted for or disclosed at fair value. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement:

   2011 
   Quoted Prices in       Significant     
   Active Markets for   Significant Other   Unobservable     
   Identical Assets   Observable Inputs   Inputs     
(In thousands)  (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)   Total 
Assets                    
Residential mortgage loans held for sale  $-   $25,341   $-   $25,341 
Investments available-for-sale:                    
U.S. government agencies   -    200,252    -    200,252 
State and municipal   -    173,111    -    173,111 
Mortgage-backed   -    570,144    -    570,144 
Corporate debt   -    1,978    -    1,978 
Trust preferred   3,249    -    2,467    5,716 
Marketable equity securities   -    100    -    100 
Interest rate swap agreements   -    1,529    -    1,529 
                     
Liabilities                    
Interest rate swap agreements  $-   $(1,529)  $-   $(1,529)

 

   2010 
   Quoted Prices in       Significant     
   Active Markets for   Significant Other   Unobservable     
   Identical Assets   Observable Inputs   Inputs     
(In thousands)  (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)   Total 
Assets                    
Residential mortgage loans held for sale  $-   $22,717   $-   $22,717 
Investments available-for-sale:                    
U.S. government agencies   -    306,705    -    306,705 
State and municipal   -    107,537    -    107,537 
Mortgage-backed   -    486,961    -    486,961 
Trust preferred   3,182    -    2,798    5,980 
Marketable equity securities   -    100    -    100 
Interest rate swap agreements   -    1,113    -    1,113 
                     
Liabilities                    
Interest rate swap agreements  $-   $(1,113)  $-   $(1,113)

 

88
 

 

The following table provides unrealized losses included in assets measured in the Consolidated Statements of Condition at fair value on a recurring basis for the period indicated:

   Significant 
   Unobservable 
   Inputs 
(In thousands)  (Level 3) 
Investments available-for-sale:     
Balance at December 31, 2010  $2,798 
Total OTTI included in earnings   (160)
Principal redemption   (695)
Total unrealized losses included in other comprehensive income (loss)   524 
Balance at December 31, 2011  $2,467 

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets subject to fair value adjustments (impairment) on a nonrecurring basis at December 31 that are valued at the lower of cost or market. Assets are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement:

 

   2011 
   Quoted Prices in   Significant             
   Active Markets   Other   Significant         
   for Identical   Observable   Unobservable         
(In thousands)  Assets (Level 1)   Inputs (Level 2)   Inputs (Level 3)   Total   Total Losses 
Impaired loans  $-   $-   $59,784   $59,784   $(5,565)
Other real estate owned   -    -    4,431    4,431    (786)
Total  $-   $ -   $64,215   $64,215   $(6,351)

 

 

   2010 
   Quoted Prices in                 
   Active Markets   Significant Other   Significant         
   for Identical   Observable   Unobservable         
(In thousands)  Assets (Level 1)   Inputs (Level 2)   Inputs (Level 3)   Total   Total Losses 
Impaired loans  $-   $-   $65,769   $65,769   $(10,302)
Other real estate owned   -    -    9,493    9,493   (203) 
Total  $-   $-   $75,262   $75,262   $(10,505)

 

At December 31, 2011, impaired loans totaling $67.6 million were written down to fair value of $59.8 million as a result of specific loan loss allowances of $7.8 million associated with the impaired loans which was included in the allowance for loan losses. Impaired loans totaling $69.6 million were written down to fair value of $65.8 million at December 31, 2010 as a result of specific loan loss allowances of $3.8 million associated with the impaired loans.

 

Loan impairment is measured using the present value of expected cash flows, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral (less selling costs) if the loans are collateral dependent and are classified at a Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Collateral may be real estate and/or business assets including equipment, inventory and/or accounts receivable. The value of business equipment, inventory and accounts receivable collateral is based on net book value on the business’ financial statements and, if necessary, discounted based on management’s review and analysis. Appraised and reported values may be discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business. Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the same factors identified above.

 

The estimated fair value for other real estate owned included in Level 3 is determined by either an independent market based appraisals and other available market information, less cost to sell, that may be reduced further based on market expectations or an executed sales agreement.

 

89
 

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company discloses fair value information about financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate the value, whether or not such financial instruments are recognized on the balance sheet. Fair value is the amount at which a financial instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced sale or liquidation, and is best evidenced by a quoted market price, if one exists.

 

Quoted market prices, where available, are shown as estimates of fair market values. Because no quoted market prices are available for a significant portion of the Company's financial instruments, the fair value of such instruments has been derived based on the amount and timing of future cash flows and estimated discount rates.

 

Present value techniques used in estimating the fair value of many of the Company's financial instruments are significantly affected by the assumptions used. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate cash settlement of the instrument. Additionally, the accompanying estimates of fair values are only representative of the fair values of the individual financial assets and liabilities, and should not be considered an indication of the fair value of the Company.

 

The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31 are presented in the following table:

 

   December 31, 2011   December 31, 2010 
       Estimated       Estimated 
   Carrying   Fair   Carrying   Fair 
(In thousands)  Amount   Value   Amount   Value 
Financial Assets                    
Cash and temporary investments (1)  $97,655   $97,655   $85,834   $85,834 
Investments available-for-sale   951,301    951,301    907,283    907,283 
Investments held-to-maturity and other equity securities   213,398    219,100    135,660    138,194 
Loans, net of allowance   2,190,266    2,276,333    2,094,097    1,983,242 
Accrued interest receivable and other assets (2)   93,995    93,995    92,145    92,145 
                     
Financial Liabilities                    
Deposits  $2,656,520   $2,661,018   $2,549,872   $2,554,327 
Securities sold under retail repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased   143,613    143,613    96,243    96,243 
Advances from FHLB   405,408    452,378    405,758    447,563 
Subordinated debentures   35,000    9,810    35,000    8,091 
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities (2)   2,617    2,617    3,765    3,765 

 

(1) Temporary investments include federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits with banks and residential mortgage loans held for sale.

(2) Only financial instruments as defined by GAAP are included in other assets and other liabilities.

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each category of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

 

Cash and Temporary Investments:

Cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with banks. The carrying amount approximated the fair value.

Residential mortgage loans held for sale. The fair value of residential mortgage loans held for sale was derived from secondary market quotations for similar instruments.

 

Investments: Fair value of U.S. Treasury, U.S. Agency, state and municipal, corporate debt and trust preferred securities was determined as using valuation methodologies outlined in the previous sections of this note.

 

Loans: The fair value was estimated by computing the discounted value of estimated cash flows, adjusted for potential loan and lease losses, for pools of loans having similar characteristics. The discount rate was based upon the current loan origination rate for a similar loan. Non-performing loans have an assumed interest rate of 0%.

 

Accrued interest receivable: The carrying amount approximated the fair value of accrued interest, considering the short-term nature of the receivable and its expected collection.

 

90
 

 

Other assets: The majority of the carrying amount approximated the fair value based on the surrender value of the cash surrender value life insurance contracts as determined by the each insurance carrier. The remaining portion of the carrying amount approximated the fair value of interest rate swaps using quoted prices provided by the swap counterparty.

 

Deposits: The fair value of demand, money market savings and regular savings deposits, which have no stated maturity, were considered equal to their carrying amount, representing the amount payable on demand. While management believes that the Bank’s core deposit relationships provide a relatively stable, low-cost funding source that has a substantial intangible value separate from the value of the deposit balances, these estimated fair values do not include the intangible value of core deposit relationships, which comprise a significant portion of the Bank’s deposit base.

 

The fair value of time deposits was based upon the discounted value of contractual cash flows at current rates for deposits of similar remaining maturity.

 

Short-term borrowings: The carrying amount approximated the fair value of repurchase agreements due to their variable interest rates. The fair value of Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta advances was estimated by computing the discounted value of contractual cash flows payable at current interest rates for obligations with similar remaining terms.

 

Long-term borrowings: The fair value of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta advances and subordinated debentures was estimated by computing the discounted value of contractual cash flows payable at current interest rates for obligations with similar remaining terms.

 

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities: The carrying amount approximated the fair value of accrued interest payable, accrued dividends and premiums payable, considering their short-term nature and expected payment.

 

91
 

 

Note 22 – Parent Company Financial Information

Financial statements for Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. (Parent Only) for the periods indicated are presented in the following tables:

 

Statements of Condition

 

   December 31, 
(In thousands)  2011   2010 
Assets          
Cash and cash equivalents  $8,326   $12,230 
Investments available for sale (at fair value)   100    100 
Investment in subsidiary   424,965    395,793 
Loan to subsidiary   35,000    35,000 
Dividend receivable from subsidiary   13,000    - 
Other assets   327    309 
Total assets  $481,718   $443,432 
           
Liabilities          
Subordinated debentures  $35,000   $35,000 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities   609    863 
Total liabilities   35,609    35,863 
Stockholders’ Equity          
Common stock   24,091    24,047 
Warrants   -    3,699 
Additional paid in capital   177,828    177,344 
Retained earnings   230,942    205,099 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   13,248    (2,620)
Total stockholders’ equity   446,109    407,569 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity  $481,718   $443,432 

 

Statements of Income/(Loss)

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
(In thousands)  2011   2010   2009 
Income:               
Cash dividends from subsidiary  $21,339   $-   $5,115 
Other income   945    1,191    1,607 
Total income   22,284    1,191    6,722 
Expenses:               
Interest   913    940    1,585 
Other expenses   784    911    847 
Total expenses   1,697    1,851    2,432 
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiary   20,587    (660)   4,290 
Income tax benefit   (210)   (167)   (200)
Income (loss) before equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiary   20,797    (493)   4,490 
Equity in undistributed (excess distributions) income (loss) of subsidiary   13,305    24,013    (19,345)
Net income (loss)   34,102    23,520    (14,855)
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion   -    6,149    4,810 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders  $34,102   $17,371   $(19,665)

 

92
 

 

Statements of Cash Flows

   Year Ended December 31, 
(In thousands)  2011   2010   2009 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:               
Net income  $34,102   $23,520   $(14,855)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:               
Equity in undistributed income-subsidiary   (13,305)   (24,013)   - 
Dividends receivable from subsidiary bank   (13,000)   -    - 
Investment in subsidiary   -    -    19,345 
Common stock issued pursuant to West Financial Services acquisition   -    -    628 
Share based compensation expense   1,207    904    762 
Net change in other liabilities   (184)   43    (337)
Other-net   (87)   14    422 
Net cash provided by operating activities   8,733    468    5,965 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:               
Net decrease in loans receivable   -    -    429 
Proceeds from sales of loans   -    -    2,839 
Net cash provided by investing activities   -    -    3,268 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:               
Redemption of preferred stock   -    (83,094)   - 
Redemption of stock warrant   (4,449)   -    - 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock   314    96,464    521 
Tax benefit from stock options exercised   91    201    26 
Repurchase of common stock   (334)   -    - 
Dividends paid   (8,259)   (4,563)   (10,047)
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities   (12,637)   9,008    (9,500)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   (3,904)   9,476    (267)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year   12,230    2,754    3,021 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year  $8,326   $12,230   $2,754 

 

Note 23 – Regulatory Matters

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's and the Bank's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank's assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company and the Bank's capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established and defined by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the capital levels of the Company and the Bank substantially exceeded all applicable capital adequacy requirements.

 

As of December 31, 2011, the most recent notification from the Bank’s primary regulator categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank's category.

 

93
 

 

The Company's and the Bank's actual capital amounts and ratios at the dates indicated are presented in the following table:

 

           To Be Well 
           Capitalized Under 
       For Capital   Prompt Corrective 
   Actual   Adequacy Purposes   Action Provisions 
(Dollars in thousands)  Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio 
                         
As of December 31, 2011:                              
Total Capital to risk-weighted                              
assets Company  $419,780    15.83%  $212,199    8.00%   N/A    N/A 
Sandy Spring Bank  $397,526    15.00%  $212,016    8.00%  $265,021    10.00%
Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted                              
assets Company  $386,423    14.57%  $106,099    4.00%   N/A    N/A 
Sandy Spring Bank  $329,197    12.42%  $106,008    4.00%  $159,012    6.00%
Tier 1 Leverage                              
Company  $386,423    10.84%  $106,976    3.00%   N/A    N/A 
Sandy Spring Bank  $329,197    9.24%  $106,920    3.00%  $178,200    5.00%
                               
As of December 31, 2010:                              
Total Capital to risk-weighted assets                              
Company  $394,050    15.37%  $205,069    8.00%   N/A    N/A 
Sandy Spring Bank  $381,166    14.88%  $204,909    8.00%  $256,136    10.00%
Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets                              
Company  $361,636    14.11%  $102,535    4.00%   N/A    N/A 
Sandy Spring Bank  $313,778    12.25%  $102,454    4.00%  $153,682    6.00%
Tier 1 Leverage                              
Company  $361,636    10.30%  $105,338    3.00%   N/A    N/A 
Sandy Spring Bank  $313,778    8.94%  $105,285    3.00%  $175,475    5.00%

 

Note 24 - Segment Reporting

Currently, the Company conducts business in three operating segments—Community Banking, Insurance and Investment Management. Each of the operating segments is a strategic business unit that offers different products and services. The Insurance and Investment Management segments were businesses that were acquired in separate transactions where management of acquisition was retained. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. However, the segment data reflect inter-segment transactions and balances.

 

The Community Banking segment is conducted through Sandy Spring Bank and involves delivering a broad range of financial products and services, including various loan and deposit products to both individuals and businesses. Parent company income is included in the Community Banking segment, as the majority of effort of these functions is related to this segment. Major revenue sources include net interest income, gains on sales of mortgage loans, trust income, fees on sales of investment products and service charges on deposit accounts. Expenses include personnel, occupancy, marketing, equipment and other expenses. Non-cash charges associated with amortization of intangibles related to the acquired entities amounted to $1.4 million in 2011, $1.4 million in 2010 and $2.7 million in 2009.

 

The Insurance segment is conducted through Sandy Spring Insurance Corporation, a subsidiary of the Bank, and offers annuities as an alternative to traditional deposit accounts. Sandy Spring Insurance Corporation operates Sandy Spring Insurance, a general insurance agency located in Annapolis, Maryland, and Neff and Associates, located in Ocean City, Maryland. Major sources of revenue are insurance commissions from commercial lines, personal lines, and medical liability lines. Expenses include personnel and support charges. Non-cash charges associated with amortization of intangibles related to the acquired entities amounted to $0.2 million in 2011, $0.3 million in 2010 and $0.3 million in 2009.

 

94
 

 

The Investment Management segment is conducted through West Financial Services, Inc., a subsidiary of the Bank. This asset management and financial planning firm, located in McLean, Virginia, provides comprehensive investment management and financial planning to individuals, families, small businesses and associations including cash flow analysis, investment review, tax planning, retirement planning, insurance analysis and estate planning. West Financial currently has approximately $760 million in assets under management. Major revenue sources include non-interest income earned on the above services. Expenses include personnel and support charges. Non-cash charges associated with amortization of intangibles related to the acquired entities amounted to $0.2 million in 2011, $0.3 million 2010 and $0.7 million in 2009.

 

Information for the operating segments and reconciliation of the information to the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31 is presented in the following tables:

   2011 
   Community       Investment   Inter-Segment     
(In thousands)  Banking   Insurance   Mgmt.   Elimination   Total 
Interest income  $139,531   $5   $8   $(74)  $139,470 
Interest expense   26,598    -    -    (74)   26,524 
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses   1,428    -    -    -    1,428 
Noninterest income    33,768    5,142    5,400    (810)   43,500 
Noninterest expenses   98,320    4,450    3,111    (810)   105,071 
Income before income taxes   46,953    697    2,297    -    49,947 
Income tax expense   14,667    283    895    -    15,845 
Net income  $32,286   $414   $1,402   $-   $34,102 
                          
Assets  $3,742,916   $13,067   $14,806   $(59,419)  $3,711,370 

 

   2010 
   Community       Investment   Inter-Segment     
(In thousands)  Banking   Insurance   Mgmt.   Elimination   Total 
Interest income  $148,731   $7   $5   $(394)  $148,349 
Interest expense   33,136    -    -    (394)   32,742 
Provision for loan and lease losses   25,908    -    -    -    25,908 
Noninterest income   33,720    5,807    5,065    (810)   43,782 
Noninterest expenses   94,001    4,556    3,165    (810)   100,912 
Income before income taxes   29,406    1,258    1,905    -    32,569 
Income tax expense   7,798    509    742    -    9,049 
Net income  $21,608   $749   $1,163   $-   $23,520 
                          
Assets  $3,527,889   $12,671   $13,409   $(34,581)  $3,519,388 

 

   2009 
   Community       Investment   Inter-Segment     
(In thousands)  Banking   Insurance   Mgmt.   Elimination   Total 
Interest income  $156,015   $6   $4   $(795)  $155,230 
Interest expense   52,317    -    -    (795)   51,522 
Provision for loan and lease losses   76,762    -    -    -    76,762 
Noninterest income   33,334    5,980    4,654    (612)   43,356 
Noninterest expenses   93,514    4,796    3,456    (612)   101,154 
Income (loss) before income taxes   (33,244)   1,190    1,202    -    (30,852)
Income tax expense (benefit)   (16,947)   481    469    -    (15,997)
Net income (loss)  $(16,297)  $709   $733   $-   $(14,855)
                          
Assets  $3,670,521   $12,693   $12,207   $(64,943)  $3,630,478 

 

95
 

 

Note 25 – Quarterly Financial Results (unaudited)

A summary of selected consolidated quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31 is provided in the following tables:

   2011 
   First   Second   Third   Fourth 
(In thousands, except per share data)  Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter 
Interest income  $34,750   $35,008   $35,004   $34,708 
Interest expense   6,740    6,854    6,674    6,256 
Net interest income   28,010    28,154    28,330    28,452 
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses   1,515    1,151    (3,520)   2,282 
Noninterest income   9,992    10,802    11,336    11,370 
Noninterest expense   26,062    25,838    25,848    27,323 
Income before income taxes   10,425    11,967    17,338    10,217 
Income tax expense   3,134    3,671    6,081    2,959 
Net income  $7,291   $8,296   $11,257   $7,258 
                     
Basic net income per share  $0.30   $0.34   $0.47   $0.30 
Basic net income per common share   0.30    0.34    0.47    0.30 
Diluted net income per share  $0.30   $0.34   $0.47   $0.30 
Diluted net income per common share   0.30    0.34    0.47    0.30 

 

   2010 
   First   Second   Third   Fourth 
(In thousands, except per share data)  Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter 
Interest income  $37,360   $37,508   $37,367   $36,114 
Interest expense   9,201    8,512    7,868    7,161 
Net interest income   28,159    28,996    29,499    28,953 
Provision for loan and lease losses   15,025    6,107    2,453    2,323 
Noninterest income   10,847    10,674    10,539    11,722 
Noninterest expense   24,813    24,758    25,140    26,201 
Income (loss) before income taxes   (832)   8,805    12,445    12,151 
Income tax expense (benefit)   (1,333)   2,546    3,961    3,875 
Net income  $501   $6,259   $8,484   $8,276 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders  $(699)  $5,056   $6,410   $6,604 
                     
Basic net income per share  $0.03   $0.26   $0.35   $0.34 
Basic net income (loss) per common share   (0.04)   0.21    0.27    0.27 
Diluted net income per share  $0.03   $0.26   $0.35   $0.34 
Diluted net income (loss) per common share   (0.04)   0.21    0.27    0.27 

 

Note 26 – PENDING ACQUISITION

 

On December 20, 2011, the Company entered into a definitive merger agreement to acquire CommerceFirst Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary. The acquisition of CommerceFirst will add approximately $205 million in total assets, $181 million in gross loans, and $180 million in total deposits, before purchase accounting adjustments. CommerceFirst Bank operates 5 full service branches in Anne Arundel, Howard and Prince George’s counties in central Maryland.

 

Under the terms of the agreement, the Company will acquire all of the shares of CommerceFirst common stock for a combination of 50% Sandy Spring Bancorp common stock and 50% cash. The stock consideration will be at a fixed exchange ratio of 0.8043 of the Company’s shares for each CommerceFirst share, subject to possible adjustment, and the cash consideration will be $13.60 per share.  The aggregate merger consideration will consist of approximately 732,000 shares of common stock and $12.4 million in cash.  CommerceFirst shareholders will be permitted to elect Sandy Spring common stock or cash, or a combination of each, subject to proration procedures to preserve the aggregate 50% stock and 50% cash consideration mix. The stock portion of the consideration to CommerceFirst shareholders is intended to qualify as a tax-free transaction. This transaction is subject to regulatory and stockholder approval.

 

96
 

 

Item 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Fourth Quarter 2011 Changes In Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

No change occurred during the fourth quarter of 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by SEC rules, the Company’s management evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) as of December 31, 2011. The Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer participated in the evaluation. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2011.

 

Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting is located on page 46 of this report.

 

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

The material labeled “Information as to Nominees and Incumbent Directors,” “Corporate Governance,” “Code of Business Conduct,” “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,” “Shareholder Proposals and Communications,” and “Report of the Audit Committee” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated in this Report by reference. Information regarding executive officers is included under the caption “Executive Officers” on page 13 of this Report.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

The material labeled "Corporate Governance and Other Matters," "Executive Compensation," and "Compensation Committee Report" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated in this Report by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

The material labeled “Owners of More than 5% of Bancorp’s Common Stock” and, "Stock Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated in this Report by reference. Information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference from “Equity Compensation Plans” on page 20.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

 

The material labeled “Director Independence” and "Transactions and Relationships with Management" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated in this Report by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

The material labeled “Audit and Non-Audit” Fees in the Proxy Statement is incorporated in this Report by reference.

 

97
 

 

PART IV.

 

Item 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

The following financial statements are filed as a part of this report:

 

Consolidated Statements of Condition at December 31, 2011 and 2010

Consolidated Statements of Income/(Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Reports of Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

All financial statement schedules have been omitted, as the required information is either not applicable or included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or related Notes.

 

Exhibit No.   Description   Incorporated by Reference to:
3(a)   Articles of Incorporation of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., as amended   Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1996, SEC File No. 0-19065.
         
3(b)   Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.    
         
3(c)   Bylaws of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.   Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K dated May 13, 1992, SEC File No. 0-19065.
         
4(a)   No long-term debt instrument issued by the Company exceeds 10% of consolidated assets or is registered. In accordance with paragraph 4(iii) of Item 601(b) of Regulation S-K, the Company will furnish the SEC copies of all long-term debt instruments and related agreements upon request.    
         
10(a)*   Amended and Restated Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Cash and Deferred Profit Sharing Plan and Trust   Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997, SEC File No. 0-19065.
         
10(b)*   Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Stock Plan   Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated June 27, 2005, SEC File No. 0-19065.
         
10(c)*   Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan   Exhibit 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration Statement No. 333-81249.
         
10(d)*   Form of Director Fee Deferral Agreement, August 26, 1997, as amended   Exhibit 10(h) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, SEC File No. 0-19065.
         
10(e)*   Employment Agreement by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank, and Philip J. Mantua   Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on January 17, 2012, SEC File No. 0-19065.
         
10(f)*   Employment Agreement by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank, and Daniel J. Schrider   Exhibit 10(h) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, SEC File No. 0-19065.
         
10(g)*   Form of Sandy Spring National Bank of Maryland Officer Group Term Replacement Plan   Exhibit 10(r) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, SEC File No. 0-19065.
         
10(h)*   Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. Directors’ Stock Purchase Plan   Exhibit 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-8, File No. 333-117330.
         
10(i)*   Sandy Spring Bank Executive Incentive Retirement Plan   Exhibit 10(v) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, SEC File No. 0-19065.
         
10(j)*   Form of Amendment to Directors’ Fee Deferral Agreement   Exhibit 10(o) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, SEC File No. 0-19065.
         
10(k)*   Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan   Appendix A of the Definitive Proxy Statement filed on March 28, 2011, SEC File No. 0-19065.

 

98
 

 

 

Exhibit No.   Description   Incorporated by Reference to:
10(m)*            Change in Control Agreement by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank, and R. Louis Caceres    
         
10(n)*   Employment Agreement by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank, and Joseph J. O’Brien, Jr.   Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on January 17, 2012, SEC File No. 0-19065.
         
10(o)*   Change in Control Agreement by and between Sandy Spring Bank, and Jeffrey Welch    
         
10(p)*   Amendment to Change in Control Agreement by and between Sandy Spring Bank, and Jeffrey Welch    
         
10(q)*   Executive Team Incentive Plan   Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on March 31, 2011, SEC File No. 0-19065
         
21   Subsidiaries    
         
23   Consent of Grant Thornton LLP    
         
31(a)   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification    
         
31(b)   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification    
         
32(a)   18 U.S.C. Section 1350 Certification    
         
32(b)   18 U.S.C. Section 1350 Certification    
         
101   The following materials from the Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. Annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Condition; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income/(Loss); (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity; and (v) related notes.    

 

* Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement filed pursuant to Item 15(b) of this Report.

 

Shareholders may obtain, upon payment of a reasonable fee, a copy of the exhibits to this Report on Form 10-K by writing Ronald E. Kuykendall, General Counsel and Secretary, at Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., 17801 Georgia Avenue, Olney, Maryland 20832. Shareholders also may access a copy of the Form 10-K including exhibits on the SEC Web site at www.sec.gov  or through the Company’s Investor Relations Web site maintained at www.sandyspringbank.com.

 

99
 

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.

(Registrant)

 

By: /s/ Daniel J. Schrider  
Daniel J. Schrider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated as of March 15, 2012.

 

Principal Executive Officer and Director: Principal Financial and Accounting Officer:
/s/ Daniel J. Schrider   /s/ Philip J. Mantua  
Daniel J. Schrider Philip J. Mantua
President and Chief Executive Officer Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Signature   Title  
       
/s/ Mark E. Friis   Director  
Mark E. Friis      
       
/s/ Susan D. Goff   Director  
Susan D. Goff      
       
/s/  Solomon Graham   Director  
Solomon Graham      
       
/s/ Robert E. Henel, Jr.   Director  
Robert E. Henel, Jr.      
       
/s/ Pamela A. Little   Director  
Pamela A. Little      
       
/s/  Gary G. Nakamoto   Director  
Gary G. Nakamoto      
       
/s/  Robert L. Orndorff   Director  
Robert L. Orndorff      
       
/s/  David E. Rippeon   Director  

David E. Rippeon

 

      
       
/s/ Craig A. Ruppert   Director  
Craig A. Ruppert      
       
/s/ Daniel J. Schrider   Director  
Daniel J. Schrider      
       
/s/ Dennis A. Starliper   Director  
Dennis A. Starliper      

 

100